80_FR_75586 80 FR 75356 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Marine Geophysical Survey in the South Atlantic Ocean, January to March 2016

80 FR 75356 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Marine Geophysical Survey in the South Atlantic Ocean, January to March 2016

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 80, Issue 230 (December 1, 2015)

Page Range75356-75386
FR Document2015-30333

NMFS has received an application from the Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory (Lamont-Doherty) in collaboration with the National Science Foundation (NSF), for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (Authorization) to take marine mammals, by harassment only, incidental to conducting a marine geophysical (seismic) survey in the South Atlantic Ocean, January through March 2016. The proposed dates for this action would be early January 2016 through March 31, 2016, to account for minor deviations due to logistics and weather. Per the Marine Mammal Protection Act, we are requesting comments on our proposal to issue an Authorization to Lamont-Doherty to incidentally take, by Level B harassment, 38 species of marine mammals during the specified activity and to incidentally take, by Level A harassment, 16 species of marine mammals. Although considered unlikely, any Level A harassment potentially incurred would be expected to be in the form of some smaller degree of permanent hearing loss due in part to the required monitoring measures for detecting marine mammals and required mitigation measures for power downs or shut downs of the airgun array if any animal is likely to enter the Level A exclusion zone. NMFS does not expect mortality or complete deafness of marine mammals to result from this survey.

Federal Register, Volume 80 Issue 230 (Tuesday, December 1, 2015)
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 230 (Tuesday, December 1, 2015)]
[Notices]
[Pages 75356-75386]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2015-30333]



[[Page 75355]]

Vol. 80

Tuesday,

No. 230

December 1, 2015

Part III





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Marine 
Geophysical Survey in the South Atlantic Ocean, January to March 2016; 
System of Records; Notice

Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / 
Notices

[[Page 75356]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XE291


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Marine Geophysical Survey in the South Atlantic Ocean, January to March 
2016

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received an application from the Lamont-Doherty Earth 
Observatory (Lamont-Doherty) in collaboration with the National Science 
Foundation (NSF), for an Incidental Harassment Authorization 
(Authorization) to take marine mammals, by harassment only, incidental 
to conducting a marine geophysical (seismic) survey in the South 
Atlantic Ocean, January through March 2016. The proposed dates for this 
action would be early January 2016 through March 31, 2016, to account 
for minor deviations due to logistics and weather. Per the Marine 
Mammal Protection Act, we are requesting comments on our proposal to 
issue an Authorization to Lamont-Doherty to incidentally take, by Level 
B harassment, 38 species of marine mammals during the specified 
activity and to incidentally take, by Level A harassment, 16 species of 
marine mammals. Although considered unlikely, any Level A harassment 
potentially incurred would be expected to be in the form of some 
smaller degree of permanent hearing loss due in part to the required 
monitoring measures for detecting marine mammals and required 
mitigation measures for power downs or shut downs of the airgun array 
if any animal is likely to enter the Level A exclusion zone. NMFS does 
not expect mortality or complete deafness of marine mammals to result 
from this survey.

DATES: NMFS must receive comments and information on or before December 
31, 2015.

ADDRESSES: Address comments on the application to Jolie Harrison, 
Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, 
Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email 
comments is ITP.Cody@noaa.gov. Please include 0648-XE291 in the subject 
line. Comments sent via email to ITP.Cody@noaa.gov, including all 
attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. NMFS is not 
responsible for email comments sent to addresses other than the one 
provided here.
    Instructions: All submitted comments are a part of the public 
record, and NMFS will post them to http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/research.htm without change. All Personal Identifying 
Information (for example, name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by 
the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential 
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
    To obtain an electronic copy of Lamont-Doherty's application, NSF's 
draft environmental analysis, NMFS' draft Environmental Assessment, and 
a list of the references used in this document, write to the previously 
mentioned address, telephone the contact listed here (see FOR FURTHER 
INFORMATION CONTACT), or visit the internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/research.htm.
    Information in Lamont-Doherty's application, NSF's draft 
environmental analysis, NMFS' draft Environmental Assessment and this 
notice collectively provide the environmental information related to 
the proposed issuance of the Authorization for public review and 
comment.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jeannine Cody, NMFS, Office of 
Protected Resources, NMFS (301) 427-8401.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, 
as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) directs the Secretary of 
Commerce to allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, 
taking of small numbers of marine mammals of a species or population 
stock, by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than 
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if, after 
NMFS provides a notice of a proposed authorization to the public for 
review and comment: (1) NMFS makes certain findings; and (2) the taking 
is limited to harassment.
    An Authorization shall be granted for the incidental taking of 
small numbers of marine mammals if NMFS finds that the taking will have 
a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), and will not have an 
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or 
stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant). The Authorization must 
also set forth the permissible methods of taking; other means of 
effecting the least practicable adverse impact on the species or stock 
and its habitat (i.e., mitigation); and requirements pertaining to the 
monitoring and reporting of such taking. NMFS has defined ``negligible 
impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as ``an impact resulting from the specified 
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably 
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on 
annual rates of recruitment or survival.''
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].

Summary of Request

    On July 29, 2015, NMFS received an application from Lamont-Doherty 
requesting that NMFS issue an Authorization for the take of marine 
mammals, incidental to Texas A&M University and the University of Texas 
conducting a seismic survey in the South Atlantic Ocean, January 
through March 2016. Following the initial application submission, 
Lamont-Doherty submitted a revised application with revised take 
estimates. NMFS considered the revised application adequate and 
complete on October 30, 2015.
    Lamont-Doherty proposes to conduct a two-dimensional (2-D), seismic 
survey on the R/V Marcus G. Langseth (Langseth), a vessel owned by NSF 
and operated on its behalf by Columbia University's Lamont-Doherty in 
international waters in the South Atlantic Ocean approximately 1,938 
kilometers (km) (1,232 miles [mi]) southeast of the west coast of 
Brazil for approximately 22 days. The following specific aspect of the 
proposed activity has the potential to take marine mammals: Increased 
underwater sound generated during the operation of the seismic airgun 
array. We anticipate that take, by Level B harassment, of 38 species of 
marine mammals could result from the specified activity. Although 
unlikely, NMFS also anticipates that a small level of take by Level A 
harassment of 16 species of marine

[[Page 75357]]

mammals could occur during the proposed survey.

Description of the Specified Activity

Overview

    Lamont-Doherty plans to use one source vessel, the Langseth, an 
array of 36 airguns as the energy source, a receiving system of seven 
ocean bottom seismometers (OBS), and a single 8-kilometer (km) 
hydrophone streamer. In addition to the operations of the airguns, 
Lamont-Doherty intends to operate a multibeam echosounder and a sub-
bottom profiler continuously throughout the proposed survey. However, 
Lamont-Doherty will not operate the multibeam echosounder and sub-
bottom profiler during transits to and from the survey area and in 
between transits to each of the five OBS tracklines (i.e., when the 
airguns are not operating).
    The purpose of the survey is to collect and analyze seismic 
refraction data from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge westward to the Rio Grande 
Rise to study the evolution of the South Atlantic Ocean crust on 
million-year timescales and the evolution and stability of low-
spreading ridges over time. NMFS refers the public to Lamont-Doherty's 
application (see page 3) for more detailed information on the proposed 
research objectives.

Dates and Duration

    Lamont-Doherty proposes to conduct the seismic survey for 
approximately 42 days, which includes approximately 22 days of seismic 
surveying with 10 days of OBS deployment and retrieval. The proposed 
study (e.g., equipment testing, startup, line changes, repeat coverage 
of any areas, and equipment recovery) would include approximately 528 
hours of airgun operations (i.e., 22 days over 24 hours). Some minor 
deviation from Lamont-Doherty's requested dates of January through 
March 2016 is possible, depending on logistics, weather conditions, and 
the need to repeat some lines if data quality is substandard. Thus, the 
proposed Authorization, if issued, would be effective from early 
January through March 31, 2016.
    NMFS refers the reader to the Detailed Description of Activities 
section later in this notice for more information on the scope of the 
proposed activities.

Specified Geographic Region

    Lamont-Doherty proposes to conduct the proposed seismic survey in 
the South Atlantic Ocean, located approximately between 10-35[deg] W, 
27-33[deg] S (see Figure 1). Water depths in the survey area range from 
approximately 1,150 to 4,800 meters (m) (3,773 feet [ft] to 2.98 miles 
[mi]).

Principal and Collaborating Investigators

    The proposed survey's principal investigators are Drs. R. Reece and 
R. Carlson (Texas A&M University) and Dr. G. Christeson (University of 
Texas at Austin).
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN01DE15.056

]
[[Page 75358]]


BILLING CODE 3510-22-P

Detailed Description of the Specified Activities

Transit Activities

    The Langseth would depart and return from Montevideo, Uruguay, and 
transit to the survey area. Some minor deviations with the transit 
schedule and port locations are possible depending on logistics and 
weather.

Vessel Specifications

    The survey would involve one source vessel, the R/V Langseth. The 
Langseth, owned by NSF and operated by Lamont-Doherty, is a seismic 
research vessel with a quiet propulsion system that avoids interference 
with the seismic signals emanating from the airgun array. The vessel is 
71.5 m (235 ft) long; has a beam of 17.0 m (56 ft); a maximum draft of 
5.9 m (19 ft); and a gross tonnage of 3,834 pounds. It has two 3,550 
horsepower (hp) Bergen BRG-6 diesel engines that drive two propellers. 
Each propeller has four blades and the shaft typically rotates at 750 
revolutions per minute. The vessel also has an 800-hp bowthruster, 
which is off during seismic acquisition.
    The Langseth's speed during seismic operations would be 
approximately 4.5 knots (kt) (8.3 km/hour [hr]; 5.1 miles per hour 
[mph]). The vessel's cruising speed outside of seismic operations is 
approximately 10 kt (18.5 km/hr; 11.5 mph). While the Langseth tows the 
airgun array, its turning rate is limited to five degrees per minute. 
Thus, the Langseth's maneuverability is limited during operations while 
it tows the streamer.
    The vessel also has an observation tower from which protected 
species visual observers (observers) would watch for marine mammals 
before and during the proposed seismic acquisition operations. When 
stationed on the observation platform, the observer's eye level will be 
approximately 21.5 m (71 ft) above sea level providing the observer an 
unobstructed view around the entire vessel.

Data Acquisition Activities

    The proposed survey would cover a total of approximately 3,263 km 
(2,028 mi) of transect lines. The proposed survey is one continuous 
transect line with transect lines that cross the main line at six 
locations.
    During the survey, the Langseth would deploy 36 airguns as an 
energy source with a total volume of 6,600 cubic inches (in\3\). The 
receiving system would consist of seven OBSs deployed at each 
perpendicular trackline site and a single 8-km (5-mi) hydrophone 
streamer. As the Langseth tows the airgun array along the survey lines, 
the OBSs and hydrophone streamer would receive the returning acoustic 
signals and transfer the data to the on-board processing system.

Seismic Airguns

    The airguns are a mixture of Bolt 1500LL and Bolt 1900LLX airguns 
ranging in size from 40 to 220 in\3\, with a firing pressure of 1,950 
pounds per square inch. The dominant frequency components range from 
zero to 188 Hertz (Hz).
    During the survey, Lamont-Doherty would plan to use the full array 
with most of the airguns in inactive mode. The Langseth would tow the 
array at a depth of 9 m (29.5 ft) resulting in a shot interval of 
approximately 65 seconds (s) (approximately 150 m; 492 ft) for the leg 
with the OBS lines and a shot interval of approximately 22 s 
(approximately 50 m; 164 ft) for the multichannel seismic survey lines 
with the hydrophone streamer. During acquisition the airguns will emit 
a brief (approximately 0.1 s) pulse of sound. During the intervening 
periods of operations, the airguns are silent.
    Airguns function by venting high-pressure air into the water, which 
creates an air bubble. The pressure signature of an individual airgun 
consists of a sharp rise and then fall in pressure, followed by several 
positive and negative pressure excursions caused by the oscillation of 
the resulting air bubble. The oscillation of the air bubble transmits 
sounds downward through the seafloor, and there is also a reduction in 
the amount of sound transmitted in the near horizontal direction. The 
airgun array also emits sounds that travel horizontally toward non-
target areas.
    The nominal source levels of the airgun subarrays on the Langseth 
range from 240 to 247 decibels (dB) re: 1 
[mu]Pa(peak to peak). (We express sound pressure level as 
the ratio of a measured sound pressure and a reference pressure level. 
The commonly used unit for sound pressure is dB and the commonly used 
reference pressure level in underwater acoustics is 1 microPascal 
([mu]Pa)). Briefly, the effective source levels for horizontal 
propagation are lower than source levels for downward propagation. We 
refer the reader to Lamont-Doherty's Authorization application and 
NSF's Environmental Analysis for additional information on downward and 
horizontal sound propagation related to the airgun's source levels.

Additional Acoustic Data Acquisition Systems

    Multibeam Echosounder: The Langseth will operate a Kongsberg EM 122 
multibeam echosounder concurrently during airgun operations to map 
characteristics of the ocean floor. However, as stated earlier, Lamont-
Doherty will not operate the multibeam echosounder during transits to 
and from the survey areas (i.e., when the airguns are not operating).
    The hull-mounted echosounder emits brief pulses of sound (also 
called a ping) (10.5 to 13.0 kHz) in a fan-shaped beam that extends 
downward and to the sides of the ship. The transmitting beamwidth is 1 
or 2[deg] fore-aft and 150[deg] athwartship and the maximum source 
level is 242 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa.
    Each ping consists of eight (in water greater than 1,000 m; 3,280 
ft) or four (in water less than 1,000 m; 3,280 ft) successive, fan-
shaped transmissions, from two to 15 milliseconds (ms) in duration and 
each ensonifying a sector that extends 1[deg] fore-aft. Continuous wave 
pulses increase from 2 to 15 ms long in water depths up to 2,600 m 
(8,530 ft). The echosounder uses frequency-modulated chirp pulses up to 
100-ms long in water greater than 2,600 m (8,530 ft). The successive 
transmissions span an overall cross-track angular extent of about 
150[deg], with 2-ms gaps between the pulses for successive sectors.
    Sub-bottom Profiler: The Langseth will also operate a Knudsen Chirp 
3260 sub-bottom profiler concurrently during airgun and echosounder 
operations to provide information about the sedimentary features and 
bottom topography. As with the case of the echosounder, Lamont-Doherty 
will not operate the sub-bottom profiler during transits to and from 
the survey areas (i.e., when the airguns are not operating).
    The profiler is capable of reaching depths of 10,000 m (6.2 mi). 
The dominant frequency component is 3.5 kHz and a hull-mounted 
transducer on the vessel directs the beam downward in a 27[deg] cone. 
The power output is 10 kilowatts (kW), but the actual maximum radiated 
power is three kilowatts or 222 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa. The ping duration is 
up to 64 ms with a pulse interval of one second, but a common mode of 
operation is to broadcast five pulses at 1-s intervals followed by a 5-
s pause.
    Ocean Bottom Seismometers: The Langseth would deploy a total of 
seven OBS at a 10-km (6.2-mi) spacing interval at each crossline site 
and would carry out operations in a west-to-east transit line. For each 
OBS profile site, the

[[Page 75359]]

Langseth crew would deploy seven OBSs on the sea floor, would survey 
the line, and then would recover the source array and the OBSs before 
moving to the next line.
    Lamont-Doherty proposes to use one of two types of OBSs: The Woods 
Hole Oceanographic Institute (WHOI) or the Scripps Institution of 
Oceanography (SIO) OBS.
    The WHOI D2 OBS is approximately 0.9 m (2.9 ft) high with a maximum 
diameter of 50 centimeters (cm) (20 inches [in]). An anchor, made of a 
rolled steel bar grate that measures approximately 2.5 by 30.5 by 38.1 
cm (1 by 12 by 15 in) and weighs 23 kilograms (kg) (51 pounds [lbs]) 
would anchor the seismometer to the seafloor. The SIO L-Cheapo OBS is 
approximately 0.9 m (2.9 ft) high with a maximum diameter of 97 
centimeters (cm) (3.1 ft). The SIO anchors consist of 36-kg (79-lb) 
iron gates and measure approximately 7 by 91 by 91.5 cm (3 by 36 by 36 
inches).
    After the Langseth completes the proposed seismic survey, an 
acoustic signal would trigger the release of each seismometer from the 
ocean floor. The Langseth's acoustic release transponder, located on 
the vessel, communicates with the seismometer at a frequency of 9 to13 
kilohertz (kHz). The maximum source level of the release signal is 242 
dB re: 1 [mu]Pa with an 8-millisecond pulse length. The received signal 
activates the seismometer's double burn-wire release assembly which 
then releases the seismometer from the anchor. The seismometer then 
floats to the ocean surface for retrieval by the Langseth. The steel 
grate anchors from each of the seismometers would remain on the 
seafloor.
    The Langseth crew would deploy the seismometers one-by-one from the 
stern of the vessel while onboard protected species observers will 
alert them to the presence of marine mammals and recommend ceasing 
deploying or recovering the seismometers to avoid potential 
entanglement with marine mammal.
    Hydrophone Streamer: Lamont-Doherty would deploy the single 
hydrophone streamer for multichannel operations after concluding the 
OBS operations. As the Langseth tows the airgun array along the survey 
lines, the streamer transfers the data to the on-board processing 
system.

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity

    Table 1 in this notice provides the following: All marine mammal 
species with possible or confirmed occurrence in the proposed activity 
area; information on those species' regulatory status under the MMPA 
and the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.); 
abundance; local occurrence and range; and seasonality in the proposed 
activity area. Based on the best available information, NMFS expects 
that there may be a potential for certain cetacean and pinniped species 
to occur within the survey area (i.e., potentially be taken) and have 
included additional information for these species in Table 1 of this 
notice. NMFS will carry forward analyses on the species listed in Table 
1 later in this document.

 Table 1--General Information on Marine Mammals That Could Potentially Occur in the Proposed Survey Areas Within
                                            the South Atlantic Ocean
                                          [January through March 2016]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Species
             Species              Regulatory status 1   abundance     Local occurrence          Season \5\
                                           2               \3\         and range \4\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antarctic minke whale             MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....  \6\ 515,000  Uncommon, shelf,     Winter.
 (Balaenoptera bonaerensis).                                         pelagic.
Blue whale (B. musculus)........  MMPA-D, ESA-EN.....    \7\ 2,300  Rare, coastal,       Winter.
                                                                     slope, pelagic.
Bryde's whale (B. edeni)........  MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....   \8\ 43,633  Rare, coastal,       Winter.
                                                                     pelagic.
Common (dwarf) minke whale (B.    MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....  \6\ 515,000  Uncommon, shelf,     Winter.
 acutorostrata).                                                     pelagic.
Fin whale (B. physalus).........  MMPA-D, ESA-EN.....   \9\ 22,000  Uncommon, Coastal,   Fall.
                                                                     pelagic.
Humpback whale (Megaptera         MMPA-D, ESA-EN.....   \10\42,000  Uncommon, Coastal,   Winter.
 novaeangliae).                                                      shelf, pelagic.
Sei whale (B. borealis).........  MMPA-D, ESA-EN.....  \11\ 10,000  Uncommon, Shelf      Winter.
                                                                     edges, pelagic.
Southern right whale (Eubalaena   MMPA-D, ESA-EN.....  \12\ 12,000  Uncommon, Coastal,   Winter.
 australis).                                                         shelf.
Sperm whale (Physeter             MMPA-D, ESA-EN.....         \13\  Uncommon, Slope,     Winter.
 macrocephalus).                                           355,000   pelagic.
Dwarf sperm whale (Kogia sima)..  MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....        3,785  Rare, Shelf, slope,  Winter.
                                                                     pelagic.
Pygmy sperm whale (K. breviceps)  MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....        3,785  Rare, Shelf, slope,  Winter.
                                                                     pelagic.
Cuvier's beaked whale (Ziphius    MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Uncommon, Slope....  Winter.
 cavirostris).                                             599,300
Andrew's beaked whale             MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Rare, Pelagic......  Winter.
 (Mesoplodon bowdoini).                                    599,300
Arnoux's beaked whale (Berardius  MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Rare, Pelagic......  Winter.
 arnuxii).                                                 599,300
Blainville's beaked whale (M.     MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Rare, Slope,         Winter.
 densirostris).                                            599,300   pelagic.
Gervais' beaked whale (M.         MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Rare, pelagic......  Winter.
 europaeus).                                               599,300
Gray's beaked whale (M. grayi)..  MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Rare, Pelagic......  Winter.
                                                           599,300
Hector's beaked whale (M.         MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Rare, pelagic......  Winter.
 hectori).                                                 599,300
Shepherd's beaked whale           MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Rare, pelagic......  Winter.
 (Tasmacetus shepherdi).                                   599,300
Strap-toothed beaked whale (M.    MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Rare, pelagic......  Winter.
 layardii).                                                599,300
True's beaked whale (M. mirus)..  MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....        7,092  Rare, pelagic......  Winter.
Southern bottlenose whale         MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Rare, Coastal,       Winter.
 (Hyperoodon planifrons).                                  599,300   shelf, pelagic.
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops      MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \15\  Uncommon, Coastal,   Winter.
 truncatus).                                               600,000   pelagic.
Rough-toothed dolphin (Steno      MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....          271  Uncommon, shelf,     Winter.
 bredanensis).                                                       pelagic.
Pantropical spotted dolphin       MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....        3,333  Uncommon, Coastal,   Winter.
 (Stenella attennuata).                                              slope, pelagic.
Striped dolphin (S.               MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....       54,807  Rare, Pelagic......  Winter.
 coeruleoalba).
Fraser's dolphin (Lagenodelphis   MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \16\  Uncommon, Pelagic..  Winter.
 hosei).                                                   289,000
Spinner dolphin (Stenella         MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \16\  Rare, Pelagic......  Winter.
 longirostris).                                          1,200,000
Atlantic spotted dolphin (S.      MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....       44,715  Uncommon, Pelagic..  Winter.
 frontalis).

[[Page 75360]]

 
Clymene dolphin (S. clymene)....  MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....        6,215  Rare, Pelagic......  Winter.
Risso's dolphin (Grampus          MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....       20,692  Uncommon, Pelagic..  Winter.
 griseus).
Long-beaked common dolphin        MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....  \17\ 20,000  Rare, Coastal......  Winter.
 (Delphinus capensis).
Short-beaked common dolphin       MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....      173,486  Uncommon, Coastal,   Winter.
 (Delphinus delphis).                                                shelf.
Southern right whale dolphin      MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....      Unknown  Uncommon, Coastal,   Winter.
 (Lissodelphis peronii).                                             shelf.
Melon-headed whale                MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....  \18\ 50,000  Uncommon, Coastal,   Winter.
 (Peponocephala electra).                                            shelf, pelagic.
Pygmy killer whale (Feresa        MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....        3,585  Uncommon, Coastal,   Winter.
 attenuate).                                                         shelf, pelagic.
False killer whale (Pseudorca     MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....          442  Rare, Pelagic......  Winter.
 crassidens).
Killer whale (Orcinus orca).....  MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....  \19\ 50,000  Uncommon, Coastal,   Winter.
                                                                     pelagic.
Long-finned pilot whale           MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Uncommon, Pelagic..  Winter.
 (Globicephala melas).                                     200,000
Short-finned pilot whale          MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \14\  Uncommon, Pelagic..  Winter.
 (Globicephala macrorhynchus).                             200,000
Southern Elephant Seal (Mirounga  MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \20\  Rare, Coastal......  Winter.
 leonina).                                                 650,000
Subantarctic fur seal             MMPA-NC, ESA-NL....         \21\  Uncommon, Pelagic..  Winter.
 (Arctocephalus tropicalis).                               310,000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ ESA: EN = Endangered, T = Threatened, DL = Delisted, NL = Not listed.
\3\ Except where noted abundance information obtained from NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS-NE-231, U.S. Atlantic
  and Gulf of Mexico Marine Mammal Stock Assessments-2014 (Waring et al., 2015) and the Draft 2015 U.S. Atlantic
  and Gulf of Mexico Marine Mammal Stock Assessments (in review, 2015). NA = Not available.
\4\ Occurrence and range information available from the International Union for the Conservation of Nature
  (IUCN).
\5\ NA= Not available due to limited information on that species' seasonal occurrence in the proposed area.
\6\ Best estimate from the International Whaling Commission's (IWC) estimate for the minke whale population
  (Southern Hemisphere, 2004).
\7\ Best estimate from the IWC's estimate for the blue whale population (Southern Hemisphere, 1998).
\8\ Estimate from IUCN Web page for Bryde's whales. Southern Hemisphere: Southern Indian Ocean (13,854); western
  South Pacific (16,585); and eastern South Pacific (13,194) (IWC, 1981).
\9\ Best estimate from the IWC's estimate for the fin whale population (East Greenland to Faroes, 2007).
\10\ Best estimate from the IWC's estimate for the humpback whale population (Southern Hemisphere, partial
  coverage of Antarctic feeding grounds, 2007).
\11\ Estimate from the IUCN Web page for sei whales (IWC, 1996).
\12\ Best estimate from the IWC's estimate for the southern right whale population (Southern Hemisphere, 2009).
\13\ Whitehead, (2002).
\14\ Abundance estimates for beaked, southern bottlenose, and pilot whales south of the Antarctic Convergence in
  January (Kasamatsu and Joyce, 1995).
\15\ Wells and Scott, (2009).
\16\ Jefferson et al., (2008).
\17\ Cockcroft and Peddemors, (1990).
\18\ Estimate from the IUCN Web page for melon-headed whales (IUCN, 2015).
\19\ Estimate from the IUCN Web page for killer whales (IUCN, 2015).
\20\ Estimate from the IUCN Web page for southern elephant seals (IUCN, 2015).
\21\ Arnoud, (2009).

    NMFS refers the public to Lamont-Doherty's application, NSF's draft 
environmental analysis (see ADDRESSES), NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS-
NE-231, U.S. Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Marine Mammal Stock 
Assessments-2014 (Waring et al., 2015); and the Draft 2015 U.S. 
Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Marine Mammal Stock Assessments (in review, 
2015) available online at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/species.htm 
for further information on the biology and local distribution of these 
species.

Potential Effects of the Specified Activities on Marine Mammals

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components (e.g., seismic airgun operations, vessel movement) of the 
specified activity may impact marine mammals. The ``Estimated Take by 
Incidental Harassment'' section later in this document will include a 
quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that NMFS expects to 
be taken by this activity. The ``Negligible Impact Analysis'' section 
will include the analysis of how this specific proposed activity would 
impact marine mammals and will consider the content of this section, 
the ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section, the ``Proposed 
Mitigation'' section, and the ``Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal 
Habitat'' section to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of 
this activity on the reproductive success or survivorship of 
individuals and from that on the affected marine mammal populations or 
stocks.
    NMFS intends to provide a background of potential effects of 
Lamont-Doherty's activities in this section. This section does not 
consider the specific manner in which Lamont-Doherty would carry out 
the proposed activity, what mitigation measures Lamont-Doherty would 
implement, and how either of those would shape the anticipated impacts 
from this specific activity. Operating active acoustic sources, such as 
airgun arrays, has the potential for adverse effects on marine mammals. 
The majority of anticipated impacts would be from the use of the airgun 
array.

Acoustic Impacts

    When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the 
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds 
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Current 
data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing 
capabilities (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al.,

[[Page 75361]]

1997; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
    Southall et al. (2007) designated ``functional hearing groups'' for 
marine mammals based on available behavioral data; audiograms derived 
from auditory evoked potentials; anatomical modeling; and other data. 
Southall et al. (2007) also estimated the lower and upper frequencies 
of functional hearing for each group. However, animals are less 
sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of their functional hearing 
range and are more sensitive to a range of frequencies within the 
middle of their functional hearing range.
    The functional groups applicable to this proposed survey and the 
associated frequencies are:
     Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes): 
Functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) 
and 25 kHz (extended from 22 kHz based on data indicating that some 
mysticetes can hear above 22 kHz; Au et al., 2006; Lucifredi and Stein, 
2007; Ketten and Mountain, 2009; Tubelli et al., 2012);
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six 
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and 
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises, 
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species 
of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz; and
     Pinnipeds in water: Phocid (true seals) functional hearing 
estimates occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz (Hemila et al., 
2006; Mulsow et al., 2011; Reichmuth et al., 2013) and otariid (seals 
and sea lions) functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 
100 Hz to 40 kHz.
    Approximately 42 marine mammal species (8 mysticetes, 32 
odontocetes, and two pinnipeds) would likely occur in the proposed 
action area. Table 2 presents the classification of these species into 
their respective functional hearing group. NMFS consider a species' 
functional hearing group when analyzing the effects of exposure to 
sound on marine mammals.

 Table 2--Classification of Marine Mammals That Could Potentially Occur
  in the Proposed Survey Areas Within the South Atlantic Ocean (January
             through March 2016) by Functional Hearing Group
                         [Southall et al., 2007]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low Frequency Hearing Range.......  Antarctic minke, blue, Bryde's,
                                     common (dwarf) minke, fin,
                                     humpback, Sei, and Southern right
                                     whale
Mid-Frequency Hearing Range.......  Sperm whale; Cuvier's, Andrew's,
                                     Arnoux's, Blainville's, Gervais',
                                     Gray's, Hector's, Shepherd's, strap-
                                     toothed, and True's beaked whale;
                                     Southern bottlenose whale;
                                     bottlenose, rough-toothed,
                                     pantropical spotted, striped,
                                     Fraser's dolphin spinner, Atlantic
                                     spotted, Clymene, Risso's, long-
                                     beaked common, short-beaked common,
                                     and Southern right whale dolphin;
                                     melon-headed whale; pygmy killer
                                     whale; false killer whale; killer
                                     whale, long-finned pilot whale; and
                                     short-finned pilot whale
High Frequency Hearing Range......  Dwarf sperm whale and pygmy sperm
                                     whale
Pinnipeds in Water Hearing Range..  Southern elephant seal and
                                     Subantarctic fur seal
------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on Marine Mammals

    The effects of sounds from airgun operations might include one or 
more of the following: Tolerance, masking of natural sounds, behavioral 
disturbance, temporary or permanent impairment, or non-auditory 
physical or physiological effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et 
al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007). The effects of 
noise on marine mammals are highly variable, often depending on species 
and contextual factors (based on Richardson et al., 1995).

Tolerance

    Studies on marine mammals' tolerance to sound in the natural 
environment are relatively rare. Richardson et al. (1995) defined 
tolerance as the occurrence of marine mammals in areas where they are 
exposed to human activities or manmade noise. In many cases, tolerance 
develops by the animal habituating to the stimulus (i.e., the gradual 
waning of responses to a repeated or ongoing stimulus) (Richardson, et 
al., 1995), but because of ecological or physiological requirements, 
many marine animals may need to remain in areas where they are exposed 
to chronic stimuli (Richardson, et al., 1995).
    Numerous studies have shown that pulsed sounds from airguns are 
often readily detectable in the water at distances of many kilometers. 
Several studies have also shown that marine mammals at distances of 
more than a few kilometers from operating seismic vessels often show no 
apparent response. That is often true even in cases when the pulsed 
sounds must be readily audible to the animals based on measured 
received levels and the hearing sensitivity of the marine mammal group. 
Although various baleen whales and toothed whales, and (less 
frequently) pinnipeds have been shown to react behaviorally to airgun 
pulses under some conditions, at other times marine mammals of all 
three types have shown no overt reactions (Stone, 2003; Stone and 
Tasker, 2006; Moulton et al. 2005, 2006) and (MacLean and Koski, 2005; 
Bain and Williams, 2006).
    Weir (2008) observed marine mammal responses to seismic pulses from 
a 24 airgun array firing a total volume of either 5,085 in\3\ or 3,147 
in\3\ in Angolan waters between August 2004 and May 2005. Weir (2008) 
recorded a total of 207 sightings of humpback whales (n = 66), sperm 
whales (n = 124), and Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and reported 
that there were no significant differences in encounter rates 
(sightings per hour) for humpback and sperm whales according to the 
airgun array's operational status (i.e., active versus silent).
    Bain and Williams (2006) examined the effects of a large airgun 
array (maximum total discharge volume of 1,100 in\3\) on six species in 
shallow waters off British Columbia and Washington: Harbor seal (Phoca 
vitulina), California sea lion (Zalophus californianus), Steller sea 
lion (Eumetopias jubatus), gray whale (Eschrichtius robustus), Dall's 
porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli), and harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena). 
Harbor porpoises showed reactions at received levels less than 155 dB 
re: 1 [mu]Pa at a distance of greater than 70 km (43 mi) from the 
seismic source (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, the tendency for 
greater responsiveness by harbor porpoise is consistent with their 
relative responsiveness to boat traffic and some other acoustic sources 
(Richardson, et al., 1995; Southall, et al., 2007). In contrast, the 
authors reported that gray whales seemed to tolerate exposures to sound 
up to approximately 170 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Bain and Williams, 2006) and

[[Page 75362]]

Dall's porpoises occupied and tolerated areas receiving exposures of 
170-180 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Bain and Williams, 2006; Parsons, et al., 
2009). The authors observed several gray whales that moved away from 
the airguns toward deeper water where sound levels were higher due to 
propagation effects resulting in higher noise exposures (Bain and 
Williams, 2006). However, it is unclear whether their movements 
reflected a response to the sounds (Bain and Williams, 2006). Thus, the 
authors surmised that the lack of gray whale responses to higher 
received sound levels were ambiguous at best because one expects the 
species to be the most sensitive to the low-frequency sound emanating 
from the airguns (Bain and Williams, 2006).
    Pirotta et al. (2014) observed short-term responses of harbor 
porpoises to a two-dimensional (2-D) seismic survey in an enclosed bay 
in northeast Scotland which did not result in broad-scale displacement. 
The harbor porpoises that remained in the enclosed bay area reduced 
their buzzing activity by 15 percent during the seismic survey 
(Pirotta, et al., 2014). Thus, the authors suggest that animals exposed 
to anthropogenic disturbance may make trade-offs between perceived 
risks and the cost of leaving disturbed areas (Pirotta, et al., 2014).

Masking

    Marine mammals use acoustic signals for a variety of purposes, 
which differ among species, but include communication between 
individuals, navigation, foraging, reproduction, avoiding predators, 
and learning about their environment (Erbe and Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 
2000).
    The term masking refers to the inability of an animal to recognize 
the occurrence of an acoustic stimulus because of interference of 
another acoustic stimulus (Clark et al., 2009). Thus, masking is the 
obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds, often at similar 
frequencies. It is a phenomenon that affects animals that are trying to 
receive acoustic information about their environment, including sounds 
from other members of their species, predators, prey, and sounds that 
allow them to orient in their environment. Masking these acoustic 
signals can disturb the behavior of individual animals, groups of 
animals, or entire populations.
    Introduced underwater sound may, through masking, may more 
specifically reduce the effective communication distance of a marine 
mammal species if the frequency of the source is close to that used as 
a signal by the marine mammal, and if the anthropogenic sound is 
present for a significant fraction of the time (Richardson et al., 
1995).
    Marine mammals are thought to be able to compensate for 
communication masking by adjusting their acoustic behavior through 
shifting call frequencies, increasing call volume, and increasing 
vocalization rates. For example in one study, blue whales increased 
call rates when exposed to noise from seismic surveys in the St. 
Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 2010). Other studies reported 
that some North Atlantic right whales exposed to high shipping noise 
increased call frequency (Parks et al., 2007) and some humpback whales 
responded to low-frequency active sonar playbacks by increasing song 
length (Miller et al., 2000). Additionally, beluga whales change their 
vocalizations in the presence of high background noise possibly to 
avoid masking calls (Au et al., 1985; Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et 
al., 2005).
    Studies have shown that some baleen and toothed whales continue 
calling in the presence of seismic pulses, and some researchers have 
heard these calls between the seismic pulses (e.g., Richardson et al., 
1986; McDonald et al., 1995; Greene et al., 1999; Nieukirk et al., 
2004; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005a, 2005b, 2006; and Dunn 
and Hernandez, 2009).
    In contrast, Clark and Gagnon (2006) reported that fin whales in 
the northeast Pacific Ocean went silent for an extended period starting 
soon after the onset of a seismic survey in the area. Similarly, NMFS 
is aware of one report that observed sperm whales ceasing calls when 
exposed to pulses from a very distant seismic ship (Bowles et al., 
1994). However, more recent studies have found that sperm whales 
continued calling in the presence of seismic pulses (Madsen et al., 
2002; Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2006; and 
Jochens et al., 2008).
    Risch et al. (2012) documented reductions in humpback whale 
vocalizations in the Stellwagen Bank National Marine Sanctuary 
concurrent with transmissions of the Ocean Acoustic Waveguide Remote 
Sensing (OAWRS) low-frequency fish sensor system at distances of 200 km 
(124 mi) from the source. The recorded OAWRS produced series of 
frequency modulated pulses and the signal received levels ranged from 
88 to 110 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Risch, et al., 2012). The authors 
hypothesized that individuals did not leave the area but instead ceased 
singing and noted that the duration and frequency range of the OAWRS 
signals (a novel sound to the whales) were similar to those of natural 
humpback whale song components used during mating (Risch et al., 2012). 
Thus, the novelty of the sound to humpback whales in the study area 
provided a compelling contextual probability for the observed effects 
(Risch et al., 2012). However, the authors did not state or imply that 
these changes had long-term effects on individual animals or 
populations (Risch et al., 2012).
    Several studies have also reported hearing dolphins and porpoises 
calling while airguns were operating (e.g., Gordon et al., 2004; 
Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005a, b; and Potter et al., 2007). 
The sounds important to small odontocete communication are 
predominantly at much higher frequencies than the dominant components 
of airgun sounds, thus limiting the potential for masking in those 
species.
    Although some degree of masking is inevitable when high levels of 
manmade broadband sounds are present in the sea, marine mammals have 
evolved systems and behavior that function to reduce the impacts of 
masking. Odontocete conspecifics may readily detect structured signals, 
such as the echolocation click sequences of small toothed whales even 
in the presence of strong background noise because their frequency 
content and temporal features usually differ strongly from those of the 
background noise (Au and Moore, 1988, 1990). The components of 
background noise that are similar in frequency to the sound signal in 
question primarily determine the degree of masking of that signal.
    Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak 
signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in 
the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in 
marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the 
same direction. The sound localization abilities of marine mammals 
suggest that, if signal and noise come from different directions, 
masking would not be as severe as the usual types of masking studies 
might suggest (Richardson et al., 1995). The dominant background noise 
may be highly directional if it comes from a particular anthropogenic 
source such as a ship or industrial site. Directional hearing may 
significantly reduce the masking effects of these sounds by improving 
the effective signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of higher frequency 
hearing by the bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and killer whale, 
empirical evidence

[[Page 75363]]

confirms that masking depends strongly on the relative directions of 
arrival of sound signals and the masking noise (Penner et al., 1986; 
Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain et al., 1993; Bain and Dahlheim, 1994).
    Toothed whales and probably other marine mammals as well, have 
additional capabilities besides directional hearing that can facilitate 
detection of sounds in the presence of background noise. There is 
evidence that some toothed whales can shift the dominant frequencies of 
their echolocation signals from a frequency range with a lot of ambient 
noise toward frequencies with less noise (Au et al., 1974, 1985; Moore 
and Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko and Kitain, 1992; 
Lesage et al., 1999). A few marine mammal species increase the source 
levels or alter the frequency of their calls in the presence of 
elevated sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au, 1993; Lesage et al., 1993, 
1999; Terhune, 1999; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007, 2009; Di 
Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt et al., 2009).
    These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain 
mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed 
whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding 
mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine 
mammals. For example, Zaitseva et al. (1980) found that, for the 
bottlenose dolphin, the angular separation between a sound source and a 
masking noise source had little effect on the degree of masking when 
the sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast to the pronounced effect at 
higher frequencies. Studies have noted directional hearing at 
frequencies as low as 0.5-2 kHz in several marine mammals, including 
killer whales (Richardson et al., 1995a). This ability may be useful in 
reducing masking at these frequencies. In summary, high levels of sound 
generated by anthropogenic activities may act to mask the detection of 
weaker biologically important sounds by some marine mammals. This 
masking may be more prominent for lower frequencies. For higher 
frequencies, such as that used in echolocation by toothed whales, 
several mechanisms are available that may allow them to reduce the 
effects of such masking.

Behavioral Disturbance

    Marine mammals may behaviorally react to sound when exposed to 
anthropogenic noise. Reactions to sound, if any, depend on species, 
state of maturity, experience, current activity, reproductive state, 
time of day, and many other factors (Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok 
et al., 2004; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007).
    Types of behavioral reactions can include the following: changing 
durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or 
moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; 
changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as 
socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive 
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of 
areas where noise sources are located; and/or flight responses (e.g., 
pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts or rookeries).
    The biological significance of many of these behavioral 
disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected 
disturbances appear minor. However, one could expect the consequences 
of behavioral modification to be biologically significant if the change 
affects growth, survival, and/or reproduction (e.g., Lusseau and 
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007). Examples of behavioral modifications 
that could impact growth, survival, or reproduction include:
     Drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns (such as 
those associated with beaked whale stranding related to exposure to 
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
     Permanent habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable 
acoustic environment; and
     Disruption of feeding or social interaction resulting in 
significant energetic costs, inhibited breeding, or cow-calf 
separation.
    The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise 
depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and 
their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, 
experience, demography) and is also difficult to predict (Richardson et 
al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007).

Baleen Whales

    Studies have shown that underwater sounds from seismic activities 
are often readily detectable by baleen whales in the water at distances 
of many kilometers (Castellote et al., 2012 for fin whales). Many 
studies have also shown that marine mammals at distances more than a 
few kilometers away often show no apparent response when exposed to 
seismic activities (e.g., Madsen & Mohl, 2000 for sperm whales; Malme 
et al., 1983, 1984 for gray whales; and Richardson et al., 1986 for 
bowhead whales). Other studies have shown that marine mammals continue 
important behaviors in the presence of seismic pulses (e.g., Dunn & 
Hernandez, 2009 for blue whales; Greene Jr. et al., 1999 for bowhead 
whales; Holst and Beland, 2010; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Holst et al., 
2005; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Richardson, et al., 1986; Smultea et al., 
2004).
    Observers have seen various species of Balaenoptera (blue, sei, 
fin, and minke whales) in areas ensonified by airgun pulses (Stone, 
2003; MacLean and Haley, 2004; Stone and Tasker, 2006), and have 
localized calls from blue and fin whales in areas with airgun 
operations (e.g., McDonald et al., 1995; Dunn and Hernandez, 2009; 
Castellote et al., 2010). Sightings by observers on seismic vessels off 
the United Kingdom from 1997 to 2000 suggest that, during times of good 
visibility, sighting rates for mysticetes (mainly fin and sei whales) 
were similar when large arrays of airguns were shooting versus silent 
(Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006). However, these whales tended to 
exhibit localized avoidance, remaining significantly further (on 
average) from the airgun array during seismic operations compared with 
non-seismic periods (Stone and Tasker, 2006).
    Ship-based monitoring studies of baleen whales (including blue, 
fin, sei, minke, and whales) in the northwest Atlantic found that 
overall, this group had lower sighting rates during seismic versus non-
seismic periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010). The authors observed that 
baleen whales as a group were significantly farther from the vessel 
during seismic compared with non-seismic periods. Moreover, the authors 
observed that the whales swam away more often from the operating 
seismic vessel (Moulton and Holst, 2010). Initial sightings of blue and 
minke whales were significantly farther from the vessel during seismic 
operations compared to non-seismic periods and the authors observed the 
same trend for fin whales (Moulton and Holst, 2010). Also, the authors 
observed that minke whales most often swam away from the vessel when 
seismic operations were underway (Moulton and Holst, 2010).

Blue Whales

    McDonald et al. (1995) tracked blue whales relative to a seismic 
survey with a 1,600 in\3\ airgun array. One whale started its call 
sequence within 15 km (9.3 mi) from the source, then followed a pursuit 
track that decreased its distance to the vessel where it stopped 
calling at a range of 10 km (6.2 mi) (estimated received level at 143 
dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (peak-to-peak)). After that point, the ship increased 
its distance from the whale which continued a new call sequence after 
approximately one hour

[[Page 75364]]

and 10 km (6.2 mi) from the ship. The authors reported that the whale 
had taken a track paralleling the ship during the cessation phase but 
observed the whale moving diagonally away from the ship after 
approximately 30 minutes continuing to vocalize. Because the whale may 
have approached the ship intentionally or perhaps was unaffected by the 
airguns, the authors concluded that there was insufficient data to 
infer conclusions from their study related to blue whale responses 
(McDonald, et al., 1995).
    Dunn and Hernandez (2009) tracked blue whales in the eastern 
tropical Pacific Ocean near the northern East Pacific Rise using 25 
ocean-bottom-mounted hydrophones and ocean bottom seismometers during 
the conduct of an academic seismic survey by the R/V Maurice Ewing in 
1997. During the airgun operations, the authors recorded the airgun 
pulses across the entire seismic array which they determined were 
detectable by eight whales that had entered into the area during a 
period of airgun activity (Dunn and Hernandez, 2009). The authors were 
able to track each whale call-by-call using the B components of the 
calls and examine the whales' locations and call characteristics with 
respect to the periods of airgun activity. The authors tracked the blue 
whales from 28 to 100 km (17 to 62 mi) away from active air-gun 
operations, but did not observe changes in call rates and found no 
evidence of anomalous behavior that they could directly ascribed to the 
use of the airguns (Dunn and Hernandez, 2009; Wilcock et al., 2014). 
Further, the authors state that while the data do not permit a thorough 
investigation of behavioral responses, they observed no correlation in 
vocalization or movement with the concurrent airgun activity and 
estimated that the sound levels produced by the Ewing's airguns were 
approximately less than 145 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Dunn and Hernandez, 2009).

Fin Whales

    Castellote et al. (2010) observed localized avoidance by fin whales 
during seismic airgun events in the western Mediterranean Sea and 
adjacent Atlantic waters from 2006-2009 and reported that singing fin 
whales moved away from an operating airgun array for a time period that 
extended beyond the duration of the airgun activity.

Gray Whales

    A few studies have documented reactions of migrating and feeding 
(but not wintering) gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus) to seismic 
surveys. Malme et al. (1986, 1988) studied the responses of feeding 
eastern Pacific gray whales to pulses from a single 100-in\3\ airgun 
off St. Lawrence Island in the northern Bering Sea. They estimated, 
based on small sample sizes, that 50 percent of feeding gray whales 
stopped feeding at an average received pressure level of 173 dB re: 1 
[mu]Pa on an (approximate) root mean square basis, and that 10 percent 
of feeding whales interrupted feeding at received levels of 163 dB re: 
1 [micro]Pa. Those findings were generally consistent with the results 
of experiments conducted on larger numbers of gray whales that were 
migrating along the California coast (Malme et al., 1984; Malme and 
Miles, 1985), and western Pacific gray whales feeding off Sakhalin 
Island, Russia (Wursig et al., 1999; Gailey et al., 2007; Johnson et 
al., 2007; Yazvenko et al., 2007a, 2007b), along with data on gray 
whales off British Columbia (Bain and Williams, 2006).
    Data on short-term reactions by cetaceans to impulsive noises are 
not necessarily indicative of long-term or biologically significant 
effects. It is not known whether impulsive sounds affect reproductive 
rate or distribution and habitat use in subsequent days or years. 
However, gray whales have continued to migrate annually along the west 
coast of North America with substantial increases in the population 
over recent years, despite intermittent seismic exploration (and much 
ship traffic) in that area for decades (Appendix A in Malme et al., 
1984; Richardson et al., 1995; Allen and Angliss, 2014). The western 
Pacific gray whale population did not appear affected by a seismic 
survey in its feeding ground during a previous year (Johnson et al., 
2007). Similarly, bowhead whales (Balaena mysticetus) have continued to 
travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each summer, and their numbers have 
increased notably, despite seismic exploration in their summer and 
autumn range for many years (Richardson et al., 1987; Allen and 
Angliss, 2014). The history of coexistence between seismic surveys and 
baleen whales suggests that brief exposures to sound pulses from any 
single seismic survey are unlikely to result in prolonged effects.

Humpback Whales

    McCauley et al. (1998, 2000) studied the responses of humpback 
whales off western Australia to a full-scale seismic survey with a 16-
airgun array (2,678-in\3\) and to a single, 20-in\3\ airgun with source 
level of 227 dB re: 1 [micro]Pa (peak-to-peak). In the 1998 study, the 
researchers documented that avoidance reactions began at five to eight 
km (3.1 to 4.9 mi) from the array, and that those reactions kept most 
pods approximately three to four km (1.9 to 2.5 mi) from the operating 
seismic boat. In the 2000 study, McCauley et al. noted localized 
displacement during migration of four to five km (2.5 to 3.1 mi) by 
traveling pods and seven to 12 km (4.3 to 7.5 mi) by more sensitive 
resting pods of cow-calf pairs. Avoidance distances with respect to the 
single airgun were smaller but consistent with the results from the 
full array in terms of the received sound levels. The mean received 
level for initial avoidance of an approaching airgun was 140 dB re: 1 
[micro]Pa for humpback pods containing females, and at the mean closest 
point of approach distance, the received level was 143 dB re: 1 
[micro]Pa. The initial avoidance response generally occurred at 
distances of five to eight km (3.1 to 4.9 mi) from the airgun array and 
2 km (1.2 mi) from the single airgun. However, some individual humpback 
whales, especially males, approached within distances of 100 to 400 m 
(328 to 1,312 ft), where the maximum received level was 179 dB re: 1 
[micro]Pa.
    Data collected by observers during several of Lamont-Doherty's 
seismic surveys in the northwest Atlantic Ocean showed that sighting 
rates of humpback whales were significantly greater during non-seismic 
periods compared with periods when a full array was operating (Moulton 
and Holst, 2010). In addition, humpback whales were more likely to swim 
away and less likely to swim towards a vessel during seismic versus 
non-seismic periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010).
    Humpback whales on their summer feeding grounds in southeast Alaska 
did not exhibit persistent avoidance when exposed to seismic pulses 
from a 1.64-L (100-in\3\) airgun (Malme et al., 1985). Some humpbacks 
seemed ``startled'' at received levels of 150 to 169 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa. 
Malme et al. (1985) concluded that there was no clear evidence of 
avoidance, despite the possibility of subtle effects, at received 
levels up to 172 re: 1 [mu]Pa. However, Moulton and Holst (2010) 
reported that humpback whales monitored during seismic surveys in the 
northwest Atlantic had lower sighting rates and were most often seen 
swimming away from the vessel during seismic periods compared with 
periods when airguns were silent.
    Other studies have suggested that south Atlantic humpback whales 
wintering off Brazil may be displaced or even strand upon exposure to 
seismic surveys (Engel et al., 2004). However, the evidence for this 
was circumstantial and subject to alternative explanations (IAGC, 
2004). Also, the evidence was

[[Page 75365]]

not consistent with subsequent results from the same area of Brazil 
(Parente et al., 2006), or with direct studies of humpbacks exposed to 
seismic surveys in other areas and seasons. After allowance for data 
from subsequent years, there was ``no observable direct correlation'' 
between strandings and seismic surveys (IWC, 2007: 236).

Toothed Whales

    Few systematic data are available describing reactions of toothed 
whales to noise pulses. However, systematic work on sperm whales is 
underway (e.g., Gordon et al., 2006; Madsen et al., 2006; Winsor and 
Mate, 2006; Jochens et al., 2008; Miller et al., 2009) and there is an 
increasing amount of information about responses of various odontocetes 
to seismic surveys based on monitoring studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; 
Smultea et al., 2004; Moulton and Miller, 2005; Bain and Williams, 
2006; Holst et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Potter et al., 2007; 
Hauser et al., 2008; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Weir, 2008; Barkaszi et 
al., 2009; Richardson et al., 2009; Moulton and Holst, 2010). Reactions 
of toothed whales to large arrays of airguns are variable and, at least 
for delphinids, seem to be confined to a smaller radius than has been 
observed for mysticetes.

Delphinids

    Seismic operators and protected species observers (observers) on 
seismic vessels regularly see dolphins and other small toothed whales 
near operating airgun arrays, but in general there is a tendency for 
most delphinids to show some avoidance of operating seismic vessels 
(e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone, 2003; 
Moulton and Miller, 2005; Holst et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006; 
Weir, 2008; Richardson et al., 2009; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Moulton and 
Holst, 2010). Some dolphins seem to be attracted to the seismic vessel 
and floats, and some ride the bow wave of the seismic vessel even when 
large arrays of airguns are firing (e.g., Moulton and Miller, 2005). 
Nonetheless, there have been indications that small toothed whales 
sometimes move away or maintain a somewhat greater distance from the 
vessel when a large array of airguns is operating than when it is 
silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Weir, 2008, 
Barry et al., 2010; Moulton and Holst, 2010). In most cases, the 
avoidance radii for delphinids appear to be small, on the order of one 
km or less, and some individuals show no apparent avoidance.
    Captive bottlenose dolphins exhibited changes in behavior when 
exposed to strong pulsed sounds similar in duration to those typically 
used in seismic surveys (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002, 2005). However, 
the animals tolerated high received levels of sound (pk-pk level > 200 
dB re 1 [mu]Pa) before exhibiting aversive behaviors.

Killer Whales

    Observers stationed on seismic vessels operating off the United 
Kingdom from 1997-2000 have provided data on the occurrence and 
behavior of various toothed whales exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 
2003; Gordon et al., 2004). The studies note that killer whales were 
significantly farther from large airgun arrays during periods of active 
airgun operations compared with periods of silence. The displacement of 
the median distance from the array was approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or 
more. Killer whales also appear to be more tolerant of seismic shooting 
in deeper water (Stone, 2003; Gordon et al., 2004).

Sperm Whales

    Most studies of sperm whales exposed to airgun sounds indicate that 
the whale shows considerable tolerance of airgun pulses (e.g., Stone, 
2003; Moulton et al., 2005, 2006a; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Weir, 2008). 
In most cases the whales do not show strong avoidance, and they 
continue to call. However, controlled exposure experiments in the Gulf 
of Mexico indicate alteration of foraging behavior upon exposure to 
airgun sounds (Jochens et al., 2008; Miller et al., 2009; Tyack, 2009).

Beaked Whales

    There are almost no specific data on the behavioral reactions of 
beaked whales to seismic surveys. Most beaked whales tend to avoid 
approaching vessels of other types (e.g., Wursig et al., 1998). They 
may also dive for an extended period when approached by a vessel (e.g., 
Kasuya, 1986), although it is uncertain how much longer such dives may 
be as compared to dives by undisturbed beaked whales, which also are 
often quite long (Baird et al., 2006; Tyack et al., 2006).
    Based on a single observation, Aguilar-Soto et al. (2006) suggested 
a reduction in foraging efficiency of Cuvier's beaked whales during a 
close approach by a vessel. In contrast, Moulton and Holst (2010) 
reported 15 sightings of beaked whales during seismic studies in the 
northwest Atlantic and the authors observed seven of those sightings 
during times when at least one airgun was operating. Because sighting 
rates and distances were similar during seismic and non-seismic 
periods, the authors could not correlate changes to beaked whale 
behavior to the effects of airgun operations (Moulton and Holst, 2010).
    Similarly, other studies have observed northern bottlenose whales 
remain in the general area of active seismic operations while 
continuing to produce high-frequency clicks when exposed to sound 
pulses from distant seismic surveys (Gosselin and Lawson, 2004; 
Laurinolli and Cochrane, 2005; Simard et al., 2005).

Pinnipeds

    Pinnipeds are not likely to show a strong avoidance reaction to the 
airgun sources proposed for use. Visual monitoring from seismic vessels 
has shown only slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by pinnipeds and 
only slight (if any) changes in behavior. Monitoring work in the 
Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001 provided considerable information 
regarding the behavior of Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic pulses 
(Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects 
usually involved arrays of 6 to 16 airguns with total volumes of 560 to 
1,500 in\3\. The combined results suggest that some seals avoid the 
immediate area around seismic vessels. In most survey years, ringed 
seal (Phoca hispida) sightings tended to be farther away from the 
seismic vessel when the airguns were operating than when they were not 
(Moulton and Lawson, 2002). However, these avoidance movements were 
relatively small, on the order of 100 m (328 ft) to a few hundred 
meters, and many seals remained within 100-200 m (328-656 ft) of the 
trackline as the operating airgun array passed by the animals. Seal 
sighting rates at the water surface were lower during airgun array 
operations than during no-airgun periods in each survey year except 
1997. Similarly, seals are often very tolerant of pulsed sounds from 
seal-scaring devices (Mate and Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and Curry, 1994; 
Richardson et al., 1995). However, initial telemetry work suggests that 
avoidance and other behavioral reactions by two other species of seals 
to small airgun sources may at times be stronger than evident to date 
from visual studies of pinniped reactions to airguns (Thompson et al., 
1998).

Hearing Impairment

    Exposure to high intensity sound for a sufficient duration may 
result in auditory effects such as a noise-induced threshold shift--an 
increase in the auditory threshold after exposure to noise (Finneran et 
al., 2005). Factors that influence the amount of threshold shift 
include the amplitude, duration,

[[Page 75366]]

frequency content, temporal pattern, and energy distribution of noise 
exposure. The magnitude of hearing threshold shift normally decreases 
over time following cessation of the noise exposure. The amount of 
threshold shift just after exposure is the initial threshold shift. If 
the threshold shift eventually returns to zero (i.e., the threshold 
returns to the pre-exposure value), it is a temporary threshold shift 
(Southall et al., 2007).

Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of Hearing)

    When animals exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must 
be louder for an animal to detect them) following exposure to an 
intense sound or sound for long duration, it is referred to as a noise-
induced threshold shift (TS). An animal can experience temporary 
threshold shift (TTS) or permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last 
from minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is complete recovery), can 
occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a 
temporary loss of hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and 
10 kHz), and can be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's 
hearing sensitivity might be reduced initially by only 6 dB or reduced 
by 30 dB). PTS is permanent, but some recovery is possible. PTS can 
also occur in a specific frequency range and amount as mentioned above 
for TTS.
    The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role 
in inducing auditory TS: Effects to sensory hair cells in the inner ear 
that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical environment 
within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the middle ear, 
displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased blood flow, and 
post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory neural output 
(Southall et al., 2007). The amplitude, duration, frequency, temporal 
pattern, and energy distribution of sound exposure all can affect the 
amount of associated TS and the frequency range in which it occurs. As 
amplitude and duration of sound exposure increase, so, generally, does 
the amount of TS, along with the recovery time. For intermittent 
sounds, less TS could occur than compared to a continuous exposure with 
the same energy (some recovery could occur between intermittent 
exposures depending on the duty cycle between sounds) (Kryter et al., 
1966; Ward, 1997). For example, one short but loud (higher SPL) sound 
exposure may induce the same impairment as one longer but softer sound, 
which in turn may cause more impairment than a series of several 
intermittent softer sounds with the same total energy (Ward, 1997). 
Additionally, though TTS is temporary, prolonged exposure to sounds 
strong enough to elicit TTS, or shorter-term exposure to sound levels 
well above the TTS threshold, can cause PTS, at least in terrestrial 
mammals (Kryter, 1985).
    PTS is considered an auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007). 
Irreparable damage to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause 
PTS; however, other mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the 
elastic limits of certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner 
ears and resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear 
fluids (Southall et al., 2007).
    Although the published body of scientific literature contains 
numerous theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing 
impairments that can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few 
studies provide empirical information on the levels at which noise-
induced loss in hearing sensitivity occurs in non-human animals.
    Recent studies by Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011) 
found that despite completely reversible threshold shifts that leave 
cochlear sensory cells intact, large threshold shifts could cause 
synaptic level changes and delayed cochlear nerve degeneration in mice 
and guinea pigs, respectively. NMFS notes that the high level of TTS 
that led to the synaptic changes shown in these studies is in the range 
of the high degree of TTS that Southall et al. (2007) used to calculate 
PTS levels. It is unknown whether smaller levels of TTS would lead to 
similar changes. NMFS, however, acknowledges the complexity of noise 
exposure on the nervous system, and will re-examine this issue as more 
data become available.
    For marine mammals, published data are limited to the captive 
bottlenose dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless 
porpoise (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002b, 2003, 2005a, 2007, 2010a, 
2010b; Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 
2009a, 2009b; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; 
Schlundt et al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in 
water, data are limited to measurements of TTS in harbor seals, an 
elephant seal, and California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999, 2005; 
Kastelein et al., 2012b).
    Lucke et al. (2009) found a threshold shift (TS) of a harbor 
porpoise after exposing it to airgun noise with a received sound 
pressure level (SPL) at 200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re: 1 [mu]Pa, which 
corresponds to a sound exposure level of 164.5 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa2 s after 
integrating exposure. NMFS currently uses the root-mean-square (rms) of 
received SPL at 180 dB and 190 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa as the threshold above 
which permanent threshold shift (PTS) could occur for cetaceans and 
pinnipeds, respectively. Because the airgun noise is a broadband 
impulse, one cannot directly determine the equivalent of rms SPL from 
the reported peak-to-peak SPLs. However, applying a conservative 
conversion factor of 16 dB for broadband signals from seismic surveys 
(McCauley, et al., 2000) to correct for the difference between peak-to-
peak levels reported in Lucke et al. (2009) and rms SPLs, the rms SPL 
for TTS would be approximately 184 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa, and the received 
levels associated with PTS (Level A harassment) would be higher. This 
is still above NMFS' current 180 dB rms re: 1 [mu]Pa threshold for 
injury. However, NMFS recognizes that TTS of harbor porpoises is lower 
than other cetacean species empirically tested (Finneran & Schlundt, 
2010; Finneran et al., 2002; Kastelein and Jennings, 2012).
    A recent study on bottlenose dolphins (Schlundt, et al., 2013) 
measured hearing thresholds at multiple frequencies to determine the 
amount of TTS induced before and after exposure to a sequence of 
impulses produced by a seismic airgun. The airgun volume and operating 
pressure varied from 40-150 in\3\ and 1000-2000 psi, respectively. 
After three years and 180 sessions, the authors observed no significant 
TTS at any test frequency, for any combinations of airgun volume, 
pressure, or proximity to the dolphin during behavioral tests 
(Schlundt, et al., 2013). Schlundt et al. (2013) suggest that the 
potential for airguns to cause hearing loss in dolphins is lower than 
previously predicted, perhaps as a result of the low-frequency content 
of airgun impulses compared to the high-frequency hearing ability of 
dolphins.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to serious 
(similar to those discussed in auditory masking, below). For example, a 
marine mammal may be able to readily compensate for a brief, relatively 
small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency range that occurs 
during a

[[Page 75367]]

time where ambient noise is lower and there are not as many competing 
sounds present. Alternatively, a larger amount and longer duration of 
TTS sustained during time when communication is critical for successful 
mother/calf interactions could have more serious impacts. Also, 
depending on the degree and frequency range, the effects of PTS on an 
animal could range in severity, although it is considered generally 
more serious because it is a permanent condition. Of note, reduced 
hearing sensitivity as a simple function of aging has been observed in 
marine mammals, as well as humans and other taxa (Southall et al., 
2007), so one can infer that strategies exist for coping with this 
condition to some degree, though likely not without cost.
    Given the higher level of sound necessary to cause PTS as compared 
with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS would occur during 
the proposed seismic survey. Cetaceans generally avoid the immediate 
area around operating seismic vessels, as do some other marine mammals. 
Some pinnipeds show avoidance reactions to airguns, but their avoidance 
reactions are generally not as strong or consistent compared to 
cetacean reactions.

Non-Auditory Physical Effects

    Non-auditory physical effects might occur in marine mammals exposed 
to strong underwater pulsed sound. Possible types of non-auditory 
physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in 
mammals close to a strong sound source include stress, neurological 
effects, bubble formation, and other types of organ or tissue damage. 
Some marine mammal species (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially 
susceptible to injury and/or stranding when exposed to strong pulsed 
sounds.
    Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous 
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception 
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually 
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to 
trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005; Seyle, 
1950). Once an animal's central nervous system perceives a threat, it 
mounts a biological response or defense that consists of a combination 
of the four general biological defense responses: Behavioral responses; 
autonomic nervous system responses; neuroendocrine responses; or immune 
responses.
    In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most 
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance 
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a 
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the 
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classic 
``fight or flight'' response, which includes the cardiovascular system, 
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal 
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with stress. 
These responses have a relatively short duration and may or may not 
have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
    An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its 
neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has 
received the most study has been the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal 
system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-
pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress 
responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, the pituitary 
hormones regulate virtually all neuroendocrine functions affected by 
stress--including immune competence, reproduction, metabolism, and 
behavior. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones 
have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 
1995), altered metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced immune 
competence (Blecha, 2000), and behavioral disturbance. Increases in the 
circulation of glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, corticosterone, and 
aldosterone in marine mammals; see Romano et al., 2004) have been 
equated with stress for many years.
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost 
of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen 
stores that the body quickly replenishes after alleviation of the 
stressor. In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would 
not pose a risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does 
not have sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a 
stress response, it diverts energy resources from other biotic 
functions, which impair those functions that experience the diversion. 
For example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from 
growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth. 
When mounting a stress response diverts energy from a fetus, an 
animal's reproductive success and fitness will suffer. In these cases, 
the animals will have entered a pre-pathological or pathological state 
called ``distress'' (sensu Seyle, 1950) or ``allostatic loading'' 
(sensu McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state will last 
until the animal replenishes its biotic reserves sufficient to restore 
normal function. Note that these examples involved a long-term (days or 
weeks) stress response exposure to stimuli.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented 
fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology 
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising 
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both 
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al., 
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004; 
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer, 
2000). Although no information has been collected on the physiological 
responses of marine mammals to anthropogenic sound exposure, studies of 
other marine animals and terrestrial animals would lead us to expect 
some marine mammals to experience physiological stress responses and, 
perhaps, physiological responses that would be classified as 
``distress'' upon exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
    For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between 
acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of 
stress responses in humans (e.g., elevated respiration and increased 
heart rates). Jones (1998) reported on reductions in human performance 
when faced with acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic disturbance. 
Trimper et al. (1998) reported on the physiological stress responses of 
osprey to low-level aircraft noise while Krausman et al. (2004) 
reported on the auditory and physiology stress responses of endangered 
Sonoran pronghorn to military overflights. Smith et al. (2004a, 2004b) 
identified noise-induced physiological transient stress responses in 
hearing-specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) that accompanied short- and 
long-term hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970) reported physiological 
and behavioral stress responses that accompanied damage to the inner 
ears of fish and several mammals.
    Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather 
information about their environment and communicate with conspecifics. 
Although empirical information on the relationship between sensory 
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine mammals remains

[[Page 75368]]

limited, we assume that reducing a marine mammal's ability to gather 
information about its environment and communicate with other members of 
its species would induce stress, based on data that terrestrial animals 
exhibit those responses under similar conditions (NRC, 2003) and 
because marine mammals use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism. 
Therefore, NMFS assumes that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger 
onset PTS or TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress 
responses. More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress 
responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger 
onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover 
from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also assumes that stress 
responses could persist beyond the time interval required for animals 
to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-
pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral 
responses to TTS.
    Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble 
formations (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in the case of exposure 
to an impulsive broadband source like an airgun array. If seismic 
surveys disrupt diving patterns of deep-diving species, this might 
result in bubble formation and a form of the bends, as speculated to 
occur in beaked whales exposed to sonar. However, there is no specific 
evidence of this upon exposure to airgun pulses.
    In general, there are few data about the potential for strong, 
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects 
in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably 
be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a 
prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a 
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be 
expected (Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful quantitative 
predictions of the numbers (if any) of marine mammals that might be 
affected in those ways. There is no definitive evidence that any of 
these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity to large 
arrays of airguns. In addition, marine mammals that show behavioral 
avoidance of seismic vessels, including some pinnipeds, are unlikely to 
incur non-auditory impairment or other physical effects.

Stranding and Mortality

    When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and 
becomes ``beached'' or incapable of returning to sea, the event is a 
``stranding'' (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and 
Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition for a stranding 
under the MMPA is that ``(A) a marine mammal is dead and is (i) on a 
beach or shore of the United States; or (ii) in waters under the 
jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters); or 
(B) a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on a beach or shore of the 
United States and is unable to return to the water; (ii) on a beach or 
shore of the United States and, although able to return to the water, 
is in need of apparent medical attention; or (iii) in the waters under 
the jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters), 
but is unable to return to its natural habitat under its own power or 
without assistance.''
    Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious 
agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike, 
unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or 
combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series. 
However, the cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (Geraci et 
al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980; Best, 1982). Numerous 
studies suggest that the physiology, behavior, habitat relationships, 
age, or condition of cetaceans may cause them to strand or might pre-
dispose them to strand when exposed to another phenomenon. These 
suggestions are consistent with the conclusions of numerous other 
studies that have demonstrated that combinations of dissimilar 
stressors commonly combine to kill an animal or dramatically reduce its 
fitness, even though one exposure without the other does not produce 
the same result (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries et al., 2003; 
Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea, 2005a; 
2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al., 2004).

2. Potential Effects of Other Acoustic Devices

    Multibeam Echosounder: Lamont-Doherty would operate the Kongsberg 
EM 122 multibeam echosounder from the source vessel during the planned 
survey. Sounds from the multibeam echosounder are very short pulses, 
occurring for two to 15 ms once every five to 20 s, depending on water 
depth. Most of the energy in the sound pulses emitted by this 
echosounder is at frequencies near 12 kHz, and the maximum source level 
is 242 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa. The beam is narrow (1 to 2[deg]) in fore-aft 
extent and wide (150[deg]) in the cross-track extent. Each ping 
consists of eight (in water greater than 1,000 m deep) or four (less 
than 1,000 m deep) successive fan-shaped transmissions (segments) at 
different cross-track angles. Any given mammal at depth near the 
trackline would be in the main beam for only one or two of the 
segments. Also, marine mammals that encounter the Kongsberg EM 122 are 
unlikely to be subjected to repeated pulses because of the narrow fore-
aft width of the beam and will receive only limited amounts of pulse 
energy because of the short pulses. Animals close to the vessel (where 
the beam is narrowest) are especially unlikely to be ensonified for 
more than one 2- to 15-ms pulse (or two pulses if in the overlap area). 
Similarly, Kremser et al. (2005) noted that the probability of a 
cetacean swimming through the area of exposure when an echosounder 
emits a pulse is small. The animal would have to pass the transducer at 
close range and be swimming at speeds similar to the vessel in order to 
receive the multiple pulses that might result in sufficient exposure to 
cause temporary threshold shift.
    NMFS has considered the potential for behavioral responses such as 
stranding and indirect injury or mortality from Lamont-Doherty's use of 
the multibeam echosounder. In 2013, an International Scientific Review 
Panel (ISRP) investigated a 2008 mass stranding of approximately 100 
melon-headed whales in a Madagascar lagoon system (Southall et al., 
2013) associated with the use of a high-frequency mapping system. The 
report indicated that the use of a 12-kHz multibeam echosounder was the 
most plausible and likely initial behavioral trigger of the mass 
stranding event. This was the first time that a relatively high-
frequency mapping sonar system had been associated with a stranding 
event. However, the report also notes that there were several site- and 
situation-specific secondary factors that may have contributed to the 
avoidance responses that led to the eventual entrapment and mortality 
of the whales within the Loza Lagoon system (e.g., the survey vessel 
transiting in a north-south direction on the shelf break parallel to 
the shore may have trapped the animals between the sound source and the 
shore driving them towards the Loza Lagoon). They concluded that for 
odontocete cetaceans that hear well in the 10-50 kHz range, where 
ambient noise is typically quite low, high-power active sonars 
operating in this range may be more easily audible and have potential 
effects over larger areas than low frequency systems that have more 
typically been considered in

[[Page 75369]]

terms of anthropogenic noise impacts (Southall, et al., 2013). However, 
the risk may be very low given the extensive use of these systems 
worldwide on a daily basis and the lack of direct evidence of such 
responses previously reported (Southall, et al., 2013).
    Navy sonars linked to avoidance reactions and stranding of 
cetaceans: (1) Generally have longer pulse duration than the Kongsberg 
EM 122; and (2) are often directed close to horizontally versus more 
downward for the echosounder. The area of possible influence of the 
echosounder is much smaller--a narrow band below the source vessel. 
Also, the duration of exposure for a given marine mammal can be much 
longer for naval sonar. During Lamont-Doherty's operations, the 
individual pulses will be very short, and a given mammal would not 
receive many of the downward-directed pulses as the vessel passes by 
the animal. The following section outlines possible effects of an 
echosounder on marine mammals.
    Masking: Marine mammal communications would not be masked 
appreciably by the echosounder's signals given the low duty cycle of 
the echosounder and the brief period when an individual mammal is 
likely to be within its beam. Furthermore, in the case of baleen 
whales, the echosounder's signals (12 kHz) do not overlap with the 
predominant frequencies in the calls, which would avoid any significant 
masking.
    Behavioral Responses: Behavioral reactions of free-ranging marine 
mammals to sonars, echosounders, and other sound sources appear to vary 
by species and circumstance. Observed reactions have included increased 
vocalizations and no dispersal by pilot whales (Rendell and Gordon, 
1999), and strandings by beaked whales. During exposure to a 21 to 25 
kHz ``whale-finding'' sonar with a source level of 215 dB re: 1 
[micro]Pa, gray whales reacted by orienting slightly away from the 
source and being deflected from their course by approximately 200 m 
(Frankel, 2005). When a 38-kHz echosounder and a 150-kHz acoustic 
Doppler current profiler were transmitting during studies in the 
eastern tropical Pacific Ocean, baleen whales showed no significant 
responses, while spotted and spinner dolphins were detected slightly 
more often and beaked whales less often during visual surveys 
(Gerrodette and Pettis, 2005).
    Captive bottlenose dolphins and a beluga whale exhibited changes in 
behavior when exposed to 1-s tonal signals at frequencies similar to 
those emitted by Lamont-Doherty's echosounder and to shorter broadband 
pulsed signals. Behavioral changes typically involved what appeared to 
be deliberate attempts to avoid the sound exposure (Schlundt et al., 
2000; Finneran et al., 2002; Finneran and Schlundt, 2004). The 
relevance of those data to free-ranging odontocetes is uncertain, and 
in any case, the test sounds were quite different in duration as 
compared with those from an echosounder.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects: Given recent 
stranding events associated with the operation of mid-frequency 
tactical sonar, there is concern that mid-frequency sonar sounds can 
cause serious impacts to marine mammals (see earlier discussion). 
However, the echosounder proposed for use by the Langseth is quite 
different from sonar used for naval operations. The echosounder's pulse 
duration is very short relative to the naval sonar. Also, at any given 
location, an individual marine mammal would be in the echosounder's 
beam for much less time given the generally downward orientation of the 
beam and its narrow fore-aft beamwidth; navy sonar often uses near-
horizontally-directed sound. Those factors would all reduce the sound 
energy received from the echosounder relative to that from naval sonar.
    Lamont-Doherty would also operate a sub-bottom profiler from the 
source vessel during the proposed survey. The profiler's sounds are 
very short pulses, occurring for one to four ms once every second. Most 
of the energy in the sound pulses emitted by the profiler is at 3.5 
kHz, and the beam is directed downward. The sub-bottom profiler on the 
Langseth has a maximum source level of 222 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa. Kremser et 
al. (2005) noted that the probability of a cetacean swimming through 
the area of exposure when a bottom profiler emits a pulse is small--
even for a profiler more powerful than that on the Langseth. If the 
animal was in the area, it would have to pass the transducer at close 
range and be subjected to sound levels that could cause temporary 
threshold shift.
    Masking: Marine mammal communications would not be masked 
appreciably by the profiler's signals given the directionality of the 
signal and the brief period when an individual mammal is likely to be 
within its beam. Furthermore, in the case of most baleen whales, the 
profiler's signals do not overlap with the predominant frequencies in 
the calls, which would avoid significant masking.
    Behavioral Responses: Responses to the profiler are likely to be 
similar to the other pulsed sources discussed earlier if received at 
the same levels. However, the pulsed signals from the profiler are 
considerably weaker than those from the echosounder.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects: It is unlikely that 
the profiler produces pulse levels strong enough to cause hearing 
impairment or other physical injuries even in an animal that is 
(briefly) in a position near the source. The profiler operates 
simultaneously with other higher-power acoustic sources. Many marine 
mammals would move away in response to the approaching higher-power 
sources or the vessel itself before the mammals would be close enough 
for there to be any possibility of effects from the less intense sounds 
from the profiler.

3. Potential Effects of Vessel Movement and Collisions

    Vessel movement in the vicinity of marine mammals has the potential 
to result in either a behavioral response or a direct physical 
interaction. We discuss both scenarios here.
    Behavioral Responses to Vessel Movement: There are limited data 
concerning marine mammal behavioral responses to vessel traffic and 
vessel noise, and a lack of consensus among scientists with respect to 
what these responses mean or whether they result in short-term or long-
term adverse effects. In those cases where there is a busy shipping 
lane or where there is a large amount of vessel traffic, marine mammals 
may experience acoustic masking (Hildebrand, 2005) if they are present 
in the area (e.g., killer whales in Puget Sound; Foote et al., 2004; 
Holt et al., 2008). In cases where vessels actively approach marine 
mammals (e.g., whale watching or dolphin watching boats), scientists 
have documented that animals exhibit altered behavior such as increased 
swimming speed, erratic movement, and active avoidance behavior (Bursk, 
1983; Acevedo, 1991; Baker and MacGibbon, 1991; Trites and Bain, 2000; 
Williams et al., 2002; Constantine et al., 2003), reduced blow interval 
(Ritcher et al., 2003), disruption of normal social behaviors (Lusseau, 
2003; 2006), and the shift of behavioral activities which may increase 
energetic costs (Constantine et al., 2003; 2004). A detailed review of 
marine mammal reactions to ships and boats is available in Richardson 
et al. (1995). For each of the marine mammal taxonomy groups, 
Richardson et al. (1995) provides the following assessment regarding 
reactions to vessel traffic:
    Toothed whales: In summary, toothed whales sometimes show no 
avoidance

[[Page 75370]]

reaction to vessels, or even approach them. However, avoidance can 
occur, especially in response to vessels of types used to chase or hunt 
the animals. This may cause temporary displacement, but we know of no 
clear evidence that toothed whales have abandoned significant parts of 
their range because of vessel traffic.
    Baleen whales: When baleen whales receive low-level sounds from 
distant or stationary vessels, the sounds often seem to be ignored. 
Some whales approach the sources of these sounds. When vessels approach 
whales slowly and non-aggressively, whales often exhibit slow and 
inconspicuous avoidance maneuvers. In response to strong or rapidly 
changing vessel noise, baleen whales often interrupt their normal 
behavior and swim rapidly away. Avoidance is especially strong when a 
boat heads directly toward the whale.
    Behavioral responses to stimuli are complex and influenced to 
varying degrees by a number of factors, such as species, behavioral 
contexts, geographical regions, source characteristics (moving or 
stationary, speed, direction, etc.), prior experience of the animal, 
and physical status of the animal. For example, studies have shown that 
beluga whales' reactions varied when exposed to vessel noise and 
traffic. In some cases, naive beluga whales exhibited rapid swimming 
from ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km (49.7 mi) away, and showed 
changes in surfacing, breathing, diving, and group composition in the 
Canadian high Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley et al., 
1990). In other cases, beluga whales were more tolerant of vessels, but 
responded differentially to certain vessels and operating 
characteristics by reducing their calling rates (especially older 
animals) in the St. Lawrence River where vessel traffic is common 
(Blane and Jaakson, 1994). In Bristol Bay, Alaska, beluga whales 
continued to feed when surrounded by fishing vessels and resisted 
dispersal even when purposefully harassed (Fish and Vania, 1971).
    In reviewing more than 25 years of whale observation data, Watkins 
(1986) concluded that whale reactions to vessel traffic were ``modified 
by their previous experience and current activity: habituation often 
occurred rapidly, attention to other stimuli or preoccupation with 
other activities sometimes overcame their interest or wariness of 
stimuli.'' Watkins noticed that over the years of exposure to ships in 
the Cape Cod area, minke whales changed from frequent positive interest 
(e.g., approaching vessels) to generally uninterested reactions; fin 
whales changed from mostly negative (e.g., avoidance) to uninterested 
reactions; right whales apparently continued the same variety of 
responses (negative, uninterested, and positive responses) with little 
change; and humpbacks dramatically changed from mixed responses that 
were often negative to reactions that were often strongly positive. 
Watkins (1986) summarized that ``whales near shore, even in regions 
with low vessel traffic, generally have become less wary of boats and 
their noises, and they have appeared to be less easily disturbed than 
previously. In particular locations with intense shipping and repeated 
approaches by boats (such as the whale-watching areas of Stellwagen 
Bank), more and more whales had positive reactions to familiar vessels, 
and they also occasionally approached other boats and yachts in the 
same ways.''

Vessel Strike

    Ship strikes of cetaceans can cause major wounds, which may lead to 
the death of the animal. An animal at the surface could be struck 
directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the bottom of a 
vessel, or a vessel's propeller could injure an animal just below the 
surface. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and 
speed of the vessel (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001; 
Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007).
    The most vulnerable marine mammals are those that spend extended 
periods of time at the surface in order to restore oxygen levels within 
their tissues after deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In addition, 
some baleen whales, such as the North Atlantic right whale, seem 
generally unresponsive to vessel sound, making them more susceptible to 
vessel collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These species are primarily 
large, slow moving whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g., bottlenose 
dolphin) move quickly through the water column and are often seen 
riding the bow wave of large ships. Marine mammal responses to vessels 
may include avoidance and changes in dive pattern (NRC, 2003).
    An examination of all known ship strikes from all shipping sources 
(civilian and military) indicates vessel speed is a principal factor in 
whether a vessel strike results in death (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; 
Laist et al., 2001; Jensen and Silber, 2003; Vanderlaan and Taggart, 
2007). In assessing records with known vessel speeds, Laist et al. 
(2001) found a direct relationship between the occurrence of a whale 
strike and the speed of the vessel involved in the collision. The 
authors concluded that most deaths occurred when a vessel was traveling 
in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9 mph; 13 kts).

Entanglement

    Entanglement can occur if wildlife becomes immobilized in survey 
lines, cables, nets, or other equipment that is moving through the 
water column. The proposed seismic survey would require towing 
approximately 8.0 km (4.9 mi) of equipment and cables. This size of the 
array generally carries a lower risk of entanglement for marine 
mammals. Wildlife, especially slow moving individuals, such as large 
whales, have a low probability of entanglement due to the low amount of 
slack in the lines, slow speed of the survey vessel, and onboard 
monitoring. Lamont-Doherty has no recorded cases of entanglement of 
marine mammals during their conduct of over 11 years of seismic surveys 
(NSF, 2015).

Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat

    The primary potential impacts to marine mammal habitat and other 
marine species are associated with elevated sound levels produced by 
airguns. This section describes the potential impacts to marine mammal 
habitat from the specified activity.

Anticipated Effects on Fish as Prey Species

    NMFS considered the effects of the survey on marine mammal prey 
(i.e., fish and invertebrates), as a component of marine mammal habitat 
in the following subsections.
    There are three types of potential effects of exposure to seismic 
surveys: (1) Pathological, (2) physiological, and (3) behavioral. 
Pathological effects involve lethal and temporary or permanent sub-
lethal injury. Physiological effects involve temporary and permanent 
primary and secondary stress responses, such as changes in levels of 
enzymes and proteins. Behavioral effects refer to temporary and (if 
they occur) permanent changes in exhibited behavior (e.g., startle and 
avoidance behavior). The three categories are interrelated in complex 
ways. For example, it is possible that certain physiological and 
behavioral changes could potentially lead to an ultimate pathological 
effect on individuals (i.e., mortality).
    The available information on the impacts of seismic surveys on 
marine fish is from studies of individuals or portions of a population. 
There have been no studies at the population scale. The studies of 
individual fish have often been on caged fish that were exposed to

[[Page 75371]]

airgun pulses in situations not representative of an actual seismic 
survey. Thus, available information provides limited insight on 
possible real-world effects at the ocean or population scale.
    Hastings and Popper (2005), Popper (2009), and Popper and Hastings 
(2009) provided recent critical reviews of the known effects of sound 
on fish. The following sections provide a general synopsis of the 
available information on the effects of exposure to seismic and other 
anthropogenic sound as relevant to fish. The information comprises 
results from scientific studies of varying degrees of rigor plus some 
anecdotal information. Some of the data sources may have serious 
shortcomings in methods, analysis, interpretation, and reproducibility 
that must be considered when interpreting their results (see Hastings 
and Popper, 2005). Potential adverse effects of the program's sound 
sources on marine fish are noted.
    Pathological Effects: The potential for pathological damage to 
hearing structures in fish depends on the energy level of the received 
sound and the physiology and hearing capability of the species in 
question. For a given sound to result in hearing loss, the sound must 
exceed, by some substantial amount, the hearing threshold of the fish 
for that sound (Popper, 2005). The consequences of temporary or 
permanent hearing loss in individual fish on a fish population are 
unknown; however, they likely depend on the number of individuals 
affected and whether critical behaviors involving sound (e.g., predator 
avoidance, prey capture, orientation and navigation, reproduction, 
etc.) are adversely affected.
    There are few data about the mechanisms and characteristics of 
damage impacting fish by exposure to seismic survey sounds. Peer-
reviewed scientific literature has presented few data on this subject. 
NMFS is aware of only two papers with proper experimental methods, 
controls, and careful pathological investigation that implicate sounds 
produced by actual seismic survey airguns in causing adverse anatomical 
effects. One such study indicated anatomical damage, and the second 
indicated temporary threshold shift in fish hearing. The anatomical 
case is McCauley et al. (2003), who found that exposure to airgun sound 
caused observable anatomical damage to the auditory maculae of pink 
snapper (Pagrus auratus). This damage in the ears had not been repaired 
in fish sacrificed and examined almost two months after exposure. On 
the other hand, Popper et al. (2005) documented only temporary 
threshold shift (as determined by auditory brainstem response) in two 
of three fish species from the Mackenzie River Delta. This study found 
that broad whitefish (Coregonus nasus) exposed to five airgun shots 
were not significantly different from those of controls. During both 
studies, the repetitive exposure to sound was greater than what would 
have occurred during a typical seismic survey. However, the substantial 
low-frequency energy produced by the airguns (less than 400 Hz in the 
study by McCauley et al. (2003) and less than approximately 200 Hz in 
Popper et al. (2005)) likely did not propagate to the fish because the 
water in the study areas was very shallow (approximately 9 m in the 
former case and less than 2 m in the latter). Water depth sets a lower 
limit on the lowest sound frequency that will propagate (i.e., the 
cutoff frequency) at about one-quarter wavelength (Urick, 1983; Rogers 
and Cox, 1988).
    Wardle et al. (2001) suggested that in water, acute injury and 
death of organisms exposed to seismic energy depends primarily on two 
features of the sound source: (1) The received peak pressure and (2) 
the time required for the pressure to rise and decay. Generally, as 
received pressure increases, the period for the pressure to rise and 
decay decreases, and the chance of acute pathological effects 
increases. According to Buchanan et al. (2004), for the types of 
seismic airguns and arrays involved with the proposed program, the 
pathological (mortality) zone for fish would be expected to be within a 
few meters of the seismic source. Numerous other studies provide 
examples of no fish mortality upon exposure to seismic sources (Falk 
and Lawrence, 1973; Holliday et al., 1987; La Bella et al., 1996; 
Santulli et al., 1999; McCauley et al., 2000a,b, 2003; Bjarti, 2002; 
Thomsen, 2002; Hassel et al., 2003; Popper et al., 2005; Boeger et al., 
2006).
    The National Park Service conducted an experiment of the effects of 
a single 700 in\3\ airgun in Lake Meade, Nevada (USGS, 1999) to 
understand the effects of a marine reflection survey of the Lake Meade 
fault system (Paulson et al., 1993, in USGS, 1999). The researchers 
suspended the airgun 3.5 m (11.5 ft) above a school of threadfin shad 
in Lake Meade and fired three successive times at a 30 s interval. 
Neither surface inspection nor diver observations of the water column 
and bottom found any dead fish.
    For a proposed seismic survey in Southern California, USGS (1999) 
conducted a review of the literature on the effects of airguns on fish 
and fisheries. They reported a 1991 study of the Bay Area Fault system 
from the continental shelf to the Sacramento River, using a 10 airgun 
(5,828 in\3\) array. Brezzina and Associates, hired by USGS to monitor 
the effects of the surveys, concluded that airgun operations were not 
responsible for the death of any of the fish carcasses observed, and 
the airgun profiling did not appear to alter the feeding behavior of 
sea lions, seals, or pelicans observed feeding during the seismic 
surveys.
    Some studies have reported that mortality of fish, fish eggs, or 
larvae can occur close to seismic sources (Kostyuchenko, 1973; Dalen 
and Knutsen, 1986; Booman et al., 1996; Dalen et al., 1996). Some of 
the reports claimed seismic effects from treatments quite different 
from actual seismic survey sounds or even reasonable surrogates. 
However, Payne et al. (2009) reported no statistical differences in 
mortality/morbidity between control and exposed groups of capelin eggs 
or monkfish larvae. Saetre and Ona (1996) applied a worst-case 
scenario, mathematical model to investigate the effects of seismic 
energy on fish eggs and larvae. The authors concluded that mortality 
rates caused by exposure to seismic surveys were low, as compared to 
natural mortality rates, and suggested that the impact of seismic 
surveying on recruitment to a fish stock was not significant.
    Physiological Effects: Physiological effects refer to cellular and/
or biochemical responses of fish to acoustic stress. Such stress 
potentially could affect fish populations by increasing mortality or 
reducing reproductive success. Primary and secondary stress responses 
of fish after exposure to seismic survey sound appear to be temporary 
in all studies done to date (Sverdrup et al., 1994; Santulli et al., 
1999; McCauley et al., 2000a,b). The periods necessary for the 
biochemical changes to return to normal are variable and depend on 
numerous aspects of the biology of the species and of the sound 
stimulus.
    Behavioral Effects: Behavioral effects include changes in the 
distribution, migration, mating, and catchability of fish populations. 
Studies investigating the possible effects of sound (including seismic 
survey sound) on fish behavior have been conducted on both uncaged and 
caged individuals (e.g., Chapman and Hawkins, 1969; Pearson et al., 
1992; Santulli et al., 1999; Wardle et al., 2001; Hassel et al., 2003). 
Typically, in these studies fish exhibited a sharp startle response at 
the onset of a sound followed by habituation and a return to normal 
behavior after the sound ceased.

[[Page 75372]]

    The former Minerals Management Service (MMS, 2005) assessed the 
effects of a proposed seismic survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska. The seismic 
survey proposed using three vessels, each towing two, four-airgun 
arrays ranging from 1,500 to 2,500 in\3\. The Minerals Management 
Service noted that the impact to fish populations in the survey area 
and adjacent waters would likely be very low and temporary and also 
concluded that seismic surveys may displace the pelagic fishes from the 
area temporarily when airguns are in use. However, fishes displaced and 
avoiding the airgun noise are likely to backfill the survey area in 
minutes to hours after cessation of seismic testing. Fishes not 
dispersing from the airgun noise (e.g., demersal species) may startle 
and move short distances to avoid airgun emissions.
    In general, any adverse effects on fish behavior or fisheries 
attributable to seismic testing may depend on the species in question 
and the nature of the fishery (season, duration, fishing method). They 
may also depend on the age of the fish, its motivational state, its 
size, and numerous other factors that are difficult, if not impossible, 
to quantify at this point, given such limited data on effects of 
airguns on fish, particularly under realistic at-sea conditions 
(Lokkeborg et al., 2012; Fewtrell and McCauley, 2012). NMFS would 
expect prey species to return to their pre-exposure behavior once 
seismic firing ceased (Lokkeborg et al., 2012; Fewtrell and McCauley, 
2012).

Anticipated Effects on Invertebrates

    The existing body of information on the impacts of seismic survey 
sound on marine invertebrates is very limited. However, there is some 
unpublished and very limited evidence of the potential for adverse 
effects on invertebrates, thereby justifying further discussion and 
analysis of this issue. The three types of potential effects of 
exposure to seismic surveys on marine invertebrates are pathological, 
physiological, and behavioral. Based on the physical structure of their 
sensory organs, marine invertebrates appear to be specialized to 
respond to particle displacement components of an impinging sound field 
and not to the pressure component (Popper et al., 2001). The only 
information available on the impacts of seismic surveys on marine 
invertebrates involves studies of individuals; there have been no 
studies at the population scale. Thus, available information provides 
limited insight on possible real-world effects at the regional or ocean 
scale.
    Moriyasu et al. (2004) and Payne et al. (2008) provide literature 
reviews of the effects of seismic and other underwater sound on 
invertebrates. The following sections provide a synopsis of available 
information on the effects of exposure to seismic survey sound on 
species of decapod crustaceans and cephalopods, the two taxonomic 
groups of invertebrates on which most such studies have been conducted. 
The available information is from studies with variable degrees of 
scientific soundness and from anecdotal information. A more detailed 
review of the literature on the effects of seismic survey sound on 
invertebrates is in Appendix E of NSF's 2011 Programmatic Environmental 
Impact Statement (NSF/USGS, 2011).
    Pathological Effects: In water, lethal and sub-lethal injury to 
organisms exposed to seismic survey sound appears to depend on at least 
two features of the sound source: (1) The received peak pressure; and 
(2) the time required for the pressure to rise and decay. Generally, as 
received pressure increases, the period for the pressure to rise and 
decay decreases, and the chance of acute pathological effects 
increases. For the type of airgun array planned for the proposed 
program, the pathological (mortality) zone for crustaceans and 
cephalopods is expected to be within a few meters of the seismic 
source, at most; however, very few specific data are available on 
levels of seismic signals that might damage these animals. This premise 
is based on the peak pressure and rise/decay time characteristics of 
seismic airgun arrays currently in use around the world.
    Some studies have suggested that seismic survey sound has a limited 
pathological impact on early developmental stages of crustaceans 
(Pearson et al., 1994; Christian et al., 2003; DFO, 2004). However, the 
impacts appear to be either temporary or insignificant compared to what 
occurs under natural conditions. Controlled field experiments on adult 
crustaceans (Christian et al., 2003, 2004; DFO, 2004) and adult 
cephalopods (McCauley et al., 2000a,b) exposed to seismic survey sound 
have not resulted in any significant pathological impacts on the 
animals. It has been suggested that exposure to commercial seismic 
survey activities has injured giant squid (Guerra et al., 2004), but 
the article provides little evidence to support this claim.
    Tenera Environmental (2011) reported that Norris and Mohl (1983, 
summarized in Mariyasu et al., 2004) observed lethal effects in squid 
(Loligo vulgaris) at levels of 246 to 252 dB after 3 to 11 minutes. 
Another laboratory study observed abnormalities in larval scallops 
after exposure to low frequency noise in tanks (de Soto et al., 2013).
    Andre et al. (2011) exposed four cephalopod species (Loligo 
vulgaris, Sepia officinalis, Octopus vulgaris, and Ilex coindetii) to 
two hours of continuous sound from 50 to 400 Hz at 157  5 
dB re: 1 [mu]Pa. They reported lesions to the sensory hair cells of the 
statocysts of the exposed animals that increased in severity with time, 
suggesting that cephalopods are particularly sensitive to low-frequency 
sound. The received sound pressure level was 157 +/-5 dB re: 1 
[micro]Pa, with peak levels at 175 dB re: 1 [micro]Pa. As in the 
McCauley et al. (2003) paper on sensory hair cell damage in pink 
snapper as a result of exposure to seismic sound, the cephalopods were 
subjected to higher sound levels than they would be under natural 
conditions, and they were unable to swim away from the sound source.
    Physiological Effects: Physiological effects refer mainly to 
biochemical responses by marine invertebrates to acoustic stress. Such 
stress potentially could affect invertebrate populations by increasing 
mortality or reducing reproductive success. Studies have noted primary 
and secondary stress responses (i.e., changes in haemolymph levels of 
enzymes, proteins, etc.) of crustaceans occurring several days or 
months after exposure to seismic survey sounds (Payne et al., 2007). 
The authors noted that crustaceans exhibited no behavioral impacts 
(Christian et al., 2003, 2004; DFO, 2004). The periods necessary for 
these biochemical changes to return to normal are variable and depend 
on numerous aspects of the biology of the species and of the sound 
stimulus.
    Behavioral Effects: There is increasing interest in assessing the 
possible direct and indirect effects of seismic and other sounds on 
invertebrate behavior, particularly in relation to the consequences for 
fisheries. Changes in behavior could potentially affect such aspects as 
reproductive success, distribution, susceptibility to predation, and 
catchability by fisheries. Studies investigating the possible 
behavioral effects of exposure to seismic survey sound on crustaceans 
and cephalopods have been conducted on both uncaged and caged animals. 
In some cases, invertebrates exhibited startle responses (e.g., squid 
in McCauley et al., 2000). In other cases, the authors observed no 
behavioral impacts (e.g., crustaceans in Christian et al., 2003, 2004; 
DFO, 2004). There have been anecdotal reports of

[[Page 75373]]

reduced catch rates of shrimp shortly after exposure to seismic 
surveys; however, other studies have not observed any significant 
changes in shrimp catch rate (Andriguetto-Filho et al., 2005). 
Similarly, Parry and Gason (2006) did not find any evidence that 
lobster catch rates were affected by seismic surveys. Any adverse 
effects on crustacean and cephalopod behavior or fisheries attributable 
to seismic survey sound depend on the species in question and the 
nature of the fishery (season, duration, fishing method).
    In examining impacts to fish and invertebrates as prey species for 
marine mammals, we expect fish to exhibit a range of behaviors 
including no reaction or habituation (Pe[ntilde]a et al., 2013) to 
startle responses and/or avoidance (Fewtrell and McCauley, 2012). We 
expect that the seismic survey would have no more than a temporary and 
minimal adverse effect on any fish or invertebrate species. Although 
there is a potential for injury to fish or marine life in close 
proximity to the vessel, we expect that the impacts of the seismic 
survey on fish and other marine life specifically related to acoustic 
activities would be temporary in nature, negligible, and would not 
result in substantial impact to these species or to their role in the 
ecosystem. Based on the preceding discussion, NMFS does not anticipate 
that the proposed activity would have any habitat-related effects that 
could cause significant or long-term consequences for individual marine 
mammals or their populations.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an Incidental Harassment Authorization under 
section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible 
methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of 
effecting the least practicable adverse impact on such species or stock 
and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating 
grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of 
such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where 
relevant).
    Lamont-Doherty has reviewed the following source documents and has 
incorporated a suite of proposed mitigation measures into their project 
description.
    (1) Protocols used during previous Lamont-Doherty and NSF-funded 
seismic research cruises as approved by us and detailed in the NSF's 
2011 PEIS and 2015 draft environmental analysis;
    (2) Previous incidental harassment authorizations applications and 
authorizations that NMFS has approved and authorized; and
    (3) Recommended best practices in Richardson et al. (1995), Pierson 
et al. (1998), and Weir and Dolman, (2007).
    To reduce the potential for disturbance from acoustic stimuli 
associated with the activities, Lamont-Doherty, and/or its designees 
have proposed to implement the following mitigation measures for marine 
mammals:
    (1) Vessel-based visual mitigation monitoring;
    (2) Proposed exclusion zones;
    (3) Power down procedures;
    (4) Shutdown procedures;
    (5) Ramp-up procedures; and
    (6) Speed and course alterations.
    NMFS reviewed Lamont-Doherty's proposed mitigation measures and has 
proposed an additional measure to effect the least practicable adverse 
impact on marine mammals. They are:
    (1) Expanded power down procedures for concentrations of six or 
more whales that do not appear to be traveling (e.g., feeding, 
socializing, etc.).

Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation Monitoring

    Lamont-Doherty would position observers aboard the seismic source 
vessel to watch for marine mammals near the vessel during daytime 
airgun operations and during any start-ups at night. Observers would 
also watch for marine mammals near the seismic vessel for at least 30 
minutes prior to the start of airgun operations after an extended 
shutdown (i.e., greater than approximately eight minutes for this 
proposed cruise). When feasible, the observers would conduct 
observations during daytime periods when the seismic system is not 
operating for comparison of sighting rates and behavior with and 
without airgun operations and between acquisition periods. Based on the 
observations, the Langseth would power down or shutdown the airguns 
when marine mammals are observed within or about to enter a designated 
exclusion zone for cetaceans or pinnipeds.
    During seismic operations, at least four protected species 
observers would be aboard the Langseth. Lamont-Doherty would appoint 
the observers with NMFS concurrence, and they would conduct 
observations during ongoing daytime operations and nighttime ramp-ups 
of the airgun array. During the majority of seismic operations, two 
observers would be on duty from the observation tower to monitor marine 
mammals near the seismic vessel. Using two observers would increase the 
effectiveness of detecting animals near the source vessel. However, 
during mealtimes and bathroom breaks, it is sometimes difficult to have 
two observers on effort, but at least one observer would be on watch 
during bathroom breaks and mealtimes. Observers would be on duty in 
shifts of no longer than four hours in duration.
    Two observers on the Langseth would also be on visual watch during 
all nighttime ramp-ups of the seismic airguns. A third observer would 
monitor the passive acoustic monitoring equipment 24 hours a day to 
detect vocalizing marine mammals present in the action area. In 
summary, a typical daytime cruise would have scheduled two observers 
(visual) on duty from the observation tower, and an observer (acoustic) 
on the passive acoustic monitoring system. Before the start of the 
seismic survey, Lamont-Doherty would instruct the vessel's crew to 
assist in detecting marine mammals and implementing mitigation 
requirements.
    The Langseth is a suitable platform for marine mammal observations. 
When stationed on the observation platform, the eye level would be 
approximately 21.5 m (70.5 ft) above sea level, and the observer would 
have a good view around the entire vessel. During daytime, the 
observers would scan the area around the vessel systematically with 
reticle binoculars (e.g., 7 x 50 Fujinon), Big-eye binoculars (25 x 
150), and with the naked eye. During darkness, night vision devices 
would be available (ITT F500 Series Generation 3 binocular-image 
intensifier or equivalent), when required. Laser range-finding 
binoculars (Leica LRF 1200 laser rangefinder or equivalent) would be 
available to assist with distance estimation. They are useful in 
training observers to estimate distances visually, but are generally 
not useful in measuring distances to animals directly. The user 
measures distances to animals with the reticles in the binoculars.
    Lamont-Doherty would immediately power down or shutdown the airguns 
when observers see marine mammals within or about to enter the 
designated exclusion zone. The observer(s) would continue to maintain 
watch to determine when the animal(s) are outside the exclusion zone by 
visual confirmation. Airgun operations would not resume until the 
observer has confirmed that the animal has left the zone, or if not 
observed after 15 minutes for species with shorter dive durations 
(small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30 minutes for species with longer 
dive durations (mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, 
pygmy sperm, dwarf sperm, killer, and beaked whales).

[[Page 75374]]

Proposed Mitigation Exclusion Zones

    Lamont-Doherty would use safety radii to designate exclusion zones 
and to estimate take for marine mammals. Table 3 shows the distances at 
which one would expect to receive sound levels (160-, 180-, and 190-
dB,) from the airgun array and a single airgun. If the protected 
species visual observer detects marine mammal(s) within or about to 
enter the appropriate exclusion zone, the Langseth crew would 
immediately power down the airgun array, or perform a shutdown if 
necessary (see Shut-down Procedures).

    Table 3--Predicted Distances to Which Sound Levels Greater Than or Equal to 160 re: 1 [micro]Pa Could Be
                    Received During the Proposed Survey Areas Within the South Atlantic Ocean
                                          [January through March, 2016]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Predicted RMS distances \1\ (m)
   Source and volume  (in\3\)     Tow depth  (m)    Water depth  -----------------------------------------------
                                                        (m)           190 dB          180 dB          160 dB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Single Bolt airgun..............               9         > 1,000             100             100             388
(40 in\3\)......................
36-Airgun Array.................               9         > 1,000             286             927           5,780
(6,600 in\3\)...................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Predicted distances based on information presented in Lamont-Doherty's application.

    The 180- or 190-dB level shutdown criteria are applicable to 
cetaceans and pinnipeds respectively as specified by NMFS (2000). 
Lamont-Doherty used these levels to establish the exclusion zones as 
presented in their application.
    Lamont-Doherty used a process to develop and confirm the 
conservativeness of the mitigation radii for a shallow-water seismic 
survey in the northeast Pacific Ocean offshore Washington in 2012. 
Crone et al. (2014) analyzed the received sound levels from the 2012 
survey and reported that the actual distances for the exclusion and 
buffer zones were two to three times smaller than what Lamont-Doherty's 
modeling approach predicted. While these results confirm the role that 
bathymetry plays in propagation, they also confirm that empirical 
measurements from the Gulf of Mexico survey likely over-estimated the 
size of the exclusion zones for the 2012 Washington shallow-water 
seismic surveys. NMFS reviewed this preliminary information in 
consideration of how these data reflect on the accuracy of Lamont-
Doherty's current modeling approach.

Power Down Procedures

    A power down involves decreasing the number of airguns in use such 
that the radius of the 180-dB or 190-dB exclusion zone is smaller to 
the extent that marine mammals are no longer within or about to enter 
the exclusion zone. A power down of the airgun array can also occur 
when the vessel is moving from one seismic line to another. During a 
power down for mitigation, the Langseth would operate one airgun (40 
in\3\). The continued operation of one airgun would alert marine 
mammals to the presence of the seismic vessel in the area. A shutdown 
occurs when the Langseth suspends all airgun activity.
    If the observer detects a marine mammal outside the exclusion zone 
and the animal is likely to enter the zone, the crew would power down 
the airguns to reduce the size of the 180-dB or 190-dB exclusion zone 
before the animal enters that zone. Likewise, if a mammal is already 
within the zone after detection, the crew would power-down the airguns 
immediately. During a power down of the airgun array, the crew would 
operate a single 40-in\3\ airgun which has a smaller exclusion zone. If 
the observer detects a marine mammal within or near the smaller 
exclusion zone around the airgun (Table 3), the crew would shut down 
the single airgun (see next section).

Resuming Airgun Operations After a Power Down

    Following a power-down, the Langseth crew would not resume full 
airgun activity until the marine mammal has cleared the 180-dB or 190-
dB exclusion zone. The observers would consider the animal to have 
cleared the exclusion zone if:
     The observer has visually observed the animal leave the 
exclusion zone; or
     An observer has not sighted the animal within the 
exclusion zone for 15 minutes for species with shorter dive durations 
(i.e., small odontocetes or pinnipeds), or 30 minutes for species with 
longer dive durations (i.e., mysticetes and large odontocetes, 
including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf sperm, and beaked whales); or
    The Langseth crew would resume operating the airguns at full power 
after 15 minutes of sighting any species with short dive durations 
(i.e., small odontocetes or pinnipeds). Likewise, the crew would resume 
airgun operations at full power after 30 minutes of sighting any 
species with longer dive durations (i.e., mysticetes and large 
odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf sperm, and beaked 
whales).
    NMFS estimates that the Langseth would transit outside the original 
180-dB or 190-dB exclusion zone after an 8-minute wait period. This 
period is based on the average speed of the Langseth while operating 
the airguns (8.5 km/h; 5.3 mph). Because the vessel has transited away 
from the vicinity of the original sighting during the 8-minute period, 
implementing ramp-up procedures for the full array after an extended 
power down (i.e., transiting for an additional 35 minutes from the 
location of initial sighting) would not meaningfully increase the 
effectiveness of observing marine mammals approaching or entering the 
exclusion zone for the full source level and would not further minimize 
the potential for take. The Langseth's observers are continually 
monitoring the exclusion zone for the full source level while the 
mitigation airgun is firing. On average, observers can observe to the 
horizon (10 km; 6.2 mi) from the height of the Langseth's observation 
deck and should be able to say with a reasonable degree of confidence 
whether a marine mammal would be encountered within this distance 
before resuming airgun operations at full power.

Shutdown Procedures

    The Langseth crew would shut down the operating airgun(s) if they 
see a marine mammal within or approaching the exclusion zone for the 
single airgun. The crew would implement a shutdown:
    (1) If an animal enters the exclusion zone of the single airgun 
after the crew has initiated a power down; or
    (2) If an observer sees the animal is initially within the 
exclusion zone of

[[Page 75375]]

the single airgun when more than one airgun (typically the full airgun 
array) is operating.
    Resuming Airgun Operations after a Shutdown: Following a shutdown 
in excess of eight minutes, the Langseth crew would initiate a ramp-up 
with the smallest airgun in the array (40-in\3\). The crew would turn 
on additional airguns in a sequence such that the source level of the 
array would increase in steps not exceeding 6 dB per five-minute period 
over a total duration of approximately 30 minutes. During ramp-up, the 
observers would monitor the exclusion zone, and if he/she sees a marine 
mammal, the Langseth crew would implement a power down or shutdown as 
though the full airgun array were operational.
    During periods of active seismic operations, there are occasions 
when the Langseth crew would need to temporarily shut down the airguns 
due to equipment failure or for maintenance. In this case, if the 
airguns are inactive longer than eight minutes, the crew would follow 
ramp-up procedures for a shutdown described earlier and the observers 
would monitor the full exclusion zone and would implement a power down 
or shutdown if necessary.
    If the full exclusion zone is not visible to the observer for at 
least 30 minutes prior to the start of operations in either daylight or 
nighttime, the Langseth crew would not commence ramp-up unless at least 
one airgun (40-in\3\ or similar) has been operating during the 
interruption of seismic survey operations. Given these provisions, it 
is likely that the vessel's crew would not ramp up the airgun array 
from a complete shutdown at night or in thick fog, because the outer 
part of the zone for that array would not be visible during those 
conditions.
    If one airgun has operated during a power down period, ramp-up to 
full power would be permissible at night or in poor visibility, on the 
assumption that marine mammals would be alerted to the approaching 
seismic vessel by the sounds from the single airgun and could move 
away. The vessel's crew would not initiate a ramp-up of the airguns if 
an observer sees the marine mammal within or near the applicable 
exclusion zones during the day or close to the vessel at night.

Ramp-Up Procedures

    Ramp-up of an airgun array provides a gradual increase in sound 
levels, and involves a step-wise increase in the number and total 
volume of airguns firing until the full volume of the airgun array is 
achieved. The purpose of a ramp-up is to ``warn'' marine mammals in the 
vicinity of the airguns, and to provide the time for them to leave the 
area and thus avoid any potential injury or impairment of their hearing 
abilities. Lamont-Doherty would follow a ramp-up procedure when the 
airgun array begins operating after an 8 minute period without airgun 
operations or when shut down has exceeded that period. Lamont-Doherty 
has used similar waiting periods (approximately eight to 10 minutes) 
during previous seismic surveys.
    Ramp-up would begin with the smallest airgun in the array (40-
in\3\). The crew would add airguns in a sequence such that the source 
level of the array would increase in steps not exceeding six dB per 
five minute period over a total duration of approximately 30 to 35 
minutes. During ramp-up, the observers would monitor the exclusion 
zone, and if marine mammals are sighted, Lamont-Doherty would implement 
a power-down or shut-down as though the full airgun array were 
operational.
    If the complete exclusion zone has not been visible for at least 30 
minutes prior to the start of operations in either daylight or 
nighttime, Lamont-Doherty would not commence the ramp-up unless at 
least one airgun (40-in\3\ or similar) has been operating during the 
interruption of seismic survey operations. Given these provisions, it 
is likely that the crew would not ramp up the airgun array from a 
complete shut-down at night or in thick fog, because the outer part of 
the exclusion zone for that array would not be visible during those 
conditions. If one airgun has operated during a power-down period, 
ramp-up to full power would be permissible at night or in poor 
visibility, on the assumption that marine mammals would be alerted to 
the approaching seismic vessel by the sounds from the single airgun and 
could move away. Lamont-Doherty would not initiate a ramp-up of the 
airguns if an observer sights a marine mammal within or near the 
applicable exclusion zones. NMFS refers the reader to Figure 2, which 
presents a flowchart representing the ramp-up, power down, and shut 
down protocols described in this notice.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C

[[Page 75376]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN01DE15.057

BILLING CODE 3510-22-P

Special Procedures for Concentrations of Large Whales

    The Langseth would avoid exposing concentrations of large whales to 
sounds greater than 160 dB re: 1 [micro]Pa within the 160-dB zone and 
would power down the array, if necessary. For purposes of this proposed 
survey, a concentration or

[[Page 75377]]

group of whales would consist of six or more individuals visually 
sighted that do not appear to be traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, 
etc.).

Speed and Course Alterations

    If during seismic data collection, Lamont-Doherty detects marine 
mammals outside the exclusion zone and, based on the animal's position 
and direction of travel, is likely to enter the exclusion zone, the 
Langseth would change speed and/or direction if this does not 
compromise operational safety. Due to the limited maneuverability of 
the primary survey vessel, altering speed, and/or course can result in 
an extended period of time to realign the Langseth to the transect 
line. However, if the animal(s) appear likely to enter the exclusion 
zone, the Langseth would undertake further mitigation actions, 
including a power down or shut down of the airguns.

Mitigation Conclusions

    NMFS has carefully evaluated Lamont-Doherty's proposed mitigation 
measures in the context of ensuring that we prescribe the means of 
effecting the least practicable impact on the affected marine mammal 
species and stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential 
measures included consideration of the following factors in relation to 
one another:
     The manner in which, and the degree to which, the 
successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize 
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
     The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to 
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
     The practicability of the measure for applicant 
implementation.
    Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to 
accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on 
current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of 
the general goals listed here:
    1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals 
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
    2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or 
number at biologically important time or location) exposed to airgun 
operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this 
goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
    3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at 
biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed 
to airgun operations that we expect to result in the take of marine 
mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing 
harassment takes only).
    4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number 
or number at biologically important time or location) to airgun 
operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this 
goal may contribute to a, above, or to reducing the severity of 
harassment takes only).
    5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal 
habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that 
block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, 
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance 
of habitat during a biologically important time.
    6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase in 
the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more 
effective implementation of the mitigation.
    Based on the evaluation of Lamont-Doherty's proposed measures, as 
well as other measures proposed by NMFS (i.e., special procedures for 
concentrations of large whales), NMFS has preliminarily determined that 
the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the 
least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their 
habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and 
areas of similar significance.

Proposed Monitoring

    In order to issue an Incidental Harassment Authorization for an 
activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set 
forth ``requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such 
taking.'' The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) 
indicate that requests for Authorizations must include the suggested 
means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will 
result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking 
or impacts on populations of marine mammals that we expect to be 
present in the proposed action area.
    Lamont-Doherty submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan in section 
XIII of the Authorization application. NMFS, NSF, or Lamont-Doherty may 
modify or supplement the plan based on comments or new information 
received from the public during the public comment period.
    Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should accomplish one or 
more of the following general goals:
    1. An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, both 
within the mitigation zone (thus allowing for more effective 
implementation of the mitigation) and during other times and locations, 
in order to generate more data to contribute to the analyses mentioned 
later;
    2. An increase in our understanding of how many marine mammals 
would be affected by seismic airguns and other active acoustic sources 
and the likelihood of associating those exposures with specific adverse 
effects, such as behavioral harassment, temporary or permanent 
threshold shift;
    3. An increase in our understanding of how marine mammals respond 
to stimuli that we expect to result in take and how those anticipated 
adverse effects on individuals (in different ways and to varying 
degrees) may impact the population, species, or stock (specifically 
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival) through any 
of the following methods:
    a. Behavioral observations in the presence of stimuli compared to 
observations in the absence of stimuli (i.e., to be able to accurately 
predict received level, distance from source, and other pertinent 
information);
    b. Physiological measurements in the presence of stimuli compared 
to observations in the absence of stimuli (i.e., to be able to 
accurately predict received level, distance from source, and other 
pertinent information);
    c. Distribution and/or abundance comparisons in times or areas with 
concentrated stimuli versus times or areas without stimuli;
    4. An increased knowledge of the affected species; and
    5. An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of certain 
mitigation and monitoring measures.

Proposed Monitoring Measures

    Lamont-Doherty proposes to sponsor marine mammal monitoring during 
the present project to supplement the mitigation measures that require 
real-time monitoring, and to satisfy the monitoring requirements of the 
Authorization. Lamont-Doherty understands that NMFS would review the 
monitoring plan and may require refinements to the plan. Lamont-Doherty 
planned the monitoring work as a self-contained project independent of 
any other related monitoring projects that may occur in the same 
regions at the same time. Further, Lamont-Doherty is prepared to 
discuss coordination of its monitoring program with any other related 
work that might be conducted by other groups working insofar as it is 
practical for Lamont-Doherty.

[[Page 75378]]

Vessel-Based Passive Acoustic Monitoring

    Passive acoustic monitoring would complement the visual mitigation 
monitoring program, when practicable. Visual monitoring typically is 
not effective during periods of poor visibility or at night, and even 
with good visibility, is unable to detect marine mammals when they are 
below the surface or beyond visual range. Passive acoustical monitoring 
can improve detection, identification, and localization of cetaceans 
when used in conjunction with visual observations. The passive acoustic 
monitoring would serve to alert visual observers (if on duty) when 
vocalizing cetaceans are detected. It is only useful when marine 
mammals call, but it can be effective either by day or by night, and 
does not depend on good visibility. The acoustic observer would monitor 
the system in real time so that he/she can advise the visual observers 
if they acoustically detect cetaceans.
    The passive acoustic monitoring system consists of hardware (i.e., 
hydrophones) and software. The ``wet end'' of the system consists of a 
towed hydrophone array connected to the vessel by a tow cable. The tow 
cable is 250 m (820.2 ft) long and the hydrophones are fitted in the 
last 10 m (32.8 ft) of cable. A depth gauge, attached to the free end 
of the cable, typically towed at depths less than 20 m (65.6 ft). The 
Langseth crew would deploy the array from a winch located on the back 
deck. A deck cable would connect the tow cable to the electronics unit 
in the main computer lab where the acoustic station, signal 
conditioning, and processing system would be located. The Pamguard 
software amplifies, digitizes, and then processes the acoustic signals 
received by the hydrophones. The system can detect marine mammal 
vocalizations at frequencies up to 250 kHz.
    One acoustic observer, an expert bioacoustician with primary 
responsibility for the passive acoustic monitoring system would be 
aboard the Langseth in addition to the other visual observers who would 
rotate monitoring duties. The acoustic observer would monitor the towed 
hydrophones 24 hours per day during airgun operations and during most 
periods when the Langseth is underway while the airguns are not 
operating. However, passive acoustic monitoring may not be possible if 
damage occurs to both the primary and back-up hydrophone arrays during 
operations. The primary passive acoustic monitoring streamer on the 
Langseth is a digital hydrophone streamer. Should the digital streamer 
fail, back-up systems should include an analog spare streamer and a 
hull-mounted hydrophone.
    One acoustic observer would monitor the acoustic detection system 
by listening to the signals from two channels via headphones and/or 
speakers and watching the real-time spectrographic display for 
frequency ranges produced by cetaceans. The observer monitoring the 
acoustical data would be on shift for one to six hours at a time. The 
other observers would rotate as an acoustic observer, although the 
expert acoustician would be on passive acoustic monitoring duty more 
frequently.
    When the acoustic observer detects a vocalization while visual 
observations are in progress, the acoustic observer on duty would 
contact the visual observer immediately, to alert him/her to the 
presence of cetaceans (if they have not already been seen), so that the 
vessel's crew can initiate a power down or shutdown, if required. The 
observer would enter the information regarding the call into a 
database. Data entry would include an acoustic encounter identification 
number, whether it was linked with a visual sighting, date, time when 
first and last heard and whenever any additional information was 
recorded, position and water depth when first detected, bearing if 
determinable, species or species group (e.g., unidentified dolphin, 
sperm whale), types and nature of sounds heard (e.g., clicks, 
continuous, sporadic, whistles, creaks, burst pulses, strength of 
signal, etc.), and any other notable information. Acousticians record 
the acoustic detection for further analysis.

Observer Data and Documentation

    Observers would record data to estimate the numbers of marine 
mammals exposed to various received sound levels and to document 
apparent disturbance reactions or lack thereof. They would use the data 
to help better understand the impacts of the activity on marine mammals 
and to estimate numbers of animals potentially `taken' by harassment 
(as defined in the MMPA). They will also provide information needed to 
order a power down or shut down of the airguns when a marine mammal is 
within or near the exclusion zone.
    When an observer makes a sighting, they will record the following 
information:
    1. Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), 
behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if 
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, 
apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance, 
approach, paralleling, etc.), and behavioral pace.
    2. Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel, sea 
state, visibility, and sun glare.
    The observer will record the data listed under (2) at the start and 
end of each observation watch, and during a watch whenever there is a 
change in one or more of the variables.
    Observers will record all observations and power downs or shutdowns 
in a standardized format and will enter data into an electronic 
database. The observers will verify the accuracy of the data entry by 
computerized data validity checks during data entry and by subsequent 
manual checking of the database. These procedures will allow the 
preparation of initial summaries of data during and shortly after the 
field program, and will facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, 
graphical, and other programs for further processing and archiving.
    Results from the vessel-based observations will provide:
    1. The basis for real-time mitigation (airgun power down or 
shutdown).
    2. Information needed to estimate the number of marine mammals 
potentially taken by harassment, which Lamont-Doherty must report to 
the Office of Protected Resources.
    3. Data on the occurrence, distribution, and activities of marine 
mammals and turtles in the area where Lamont-Doherty would conduct the 
seismic study.
    4. Information to compare the distance and distribution of marine 
mammals and turtles relative to the source vessel at times with and 
without seismic activity.
    5. Data on the behavior and movement patterns of marine mammals 
detected during non-active and active seismic operations.

Proposed Reporting

    Lamont-Doherty would submit a report to us and to NSF within 90 
days after the end of the cruise. The report would describe the 
operations conducted and sightings of marine mammals near the 
operations. The report would provide full documentation of methods, 
results, and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring. The 90-day 
report would summarize the dates and locations of seismic operations, 
and all marine mammal sightings (dates, times, locations, activities, 
associated seismic survey activities). The report would also include 
estimates of the number and nature of exposures that occurred above

[[Page 75379]]

the harassment threshold based on the observations.
    In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly 
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner not permitted by the 
authorization (if issued), such as an injury, serious injury, or 
mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), 
Lamont-Doherty shall immediately cease the specified activities and 
immediately report the take to the Chief Permits and Conservation 
Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS. The report must include 
the following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the 
incident;
     Name and type of vessel involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Description of the incident;
     Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding 
the incident;
     Water depth;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
     Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 
hours preceding the incident;
     Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
     Fate of the animal(s); and
     Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if 
equipment is available).
    Lamont-Doherty shall not resume its activities until we are able to 
review the circumstances of the prohibited take. We shall work with 
Lamont-Doherty to determine what is necessary to minimize the 
likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. 
Lamont-Doherty may not resume their activities until notified by us via 
letter, email, or telephone.
    In the event that Lamont-Doherty discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the cause 
of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent 
(i.e., in less than a moderate state of decomposition as we describe in 
the next paragraph), Lamont-Doherty will immediately report the 
incident to the Chief Permits and Conservation Division, Office of 
Protected Resources, NMFS. The report must include the same information 
identified in the paragraph above this section. Activities may continue 
while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work 
with Lamont-Doherty to determine whether modifications in the 
activities are appropriate.
    In the event that Lamont-Doherty discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the injury 
or death is not associated with or related to the authorized activities 
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), Lamont-Doherty would report the 
incident to the Chief Permits and Conservation Division, Office of 
Protected Resources, NMFS, within 24 hours of the discovery. Lamont-
Doherty would provide photographs or video footage (if available) or 
other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS.

Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment

    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, 
section 3(18) the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, 
torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine 
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) 
has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in 
the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but 
not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].
    Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased underwater sound) generated 
during the operation of the airgun array may have the potential to 
result in the behavioral disturbance of some marine mammals and may 
have an even smaller potential to result in permanent threshold shift 
(non-lethal injury) of some marine mammals. NMFS expects that the 
proposed mitigation and monitoring measures would minimize the 
possibility of injurious or lethal takes. However, NMFS cannot discount 
the possibility (albeit small) that exposure to energy from the 
proposed survey could result in non-lethal injury (Level A harassment). 
Thus, NMFS proposes to authorize take by Level B harassment and Level A 
harassment resulting from the operation of the sound sources for the 
proposed seismic survey based upon the current acoustic exposure 
criteria shown in Table 4 subject to the limitations in take described 
in Table 5 later in this notice.

            Table 4--NMFS' Current Acoustic Exposure Criteria
------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Criterion           Criterion definition        Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Harassment (Injury).  Permanent Threshold   180 dB re 1 microPa-
                               Shift (PTS) (Any      m (cetaceans)/190
                               level above that      dB re 1 microPa-m
                               which is known to     (pinnipeds) root
                               cause TTS).           mean square (rms)
Level B Harassment..........  Behavioral            160 dB re 1 microPa-
                               Disruption (for       m (rms)
                               impulse noises).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    NMFS' practice is to apply the 160 dB re: 1 [micro]Pa received 
level threshold for underwater impulse sound levels to predict whether 
behavioral disturbance that rises to the level of Level B harassment is 
likely to occur. NMFS' practice is to apply the 180 dB or 190 dB re: 1 
[micro]Pa received level threshold for underwater impulse sound levels 
to predict whether permanent threshold shift (auditory injury), which 
we consider as Level A harassment is likely to occur.

Acknowledging Uncertainties in Estimating Take

    Given the many uncertainties in predicting the quantity and types 
of impacts of sound on marine mammals, it is common practice to 
estimate how many animals are likely to be present within a particular 
distance of a given activity, or exposed to a particular level of sound 
and use that information to predict how many animals are taken. In 
practice, depending on the amount of information available to 
characterize daily and seasonal movement and distribution of affected 
marine mammals, distinguishing between the numbers of individuals 
harassed and the instances of harassment can be difficult to parse. 
Moreover, when one considers the duration of the activity, in the 
absence of information to predict the degree to which individual 
animals are likely exposed repeatedly on subsequent days, the simple 
assumption is that entirely new animals are exposed in every day, which 
results in a take estimate that in some circumstances overestimates the 
number of individuals harassed.
    The following sections describe NMFS' methods to estimate take by 
incidental harassment. We base these estimates on the number of marine

[[Page 75380]]

mammals that potentially harassed by seismic operations with the airgun 
array during approximately 3,236 km (2,028 mi) of transect lines in the 
South Atlantic Ocean.
    Modeled Number of Instances of Exposures: Lamont-Doherty would 
conduct the proposed seismic survey within the high seas in the South 
Atlantic Ocean. NMFS presents estimates of the anticipated numbers of 
instances that marine mammals could be exposed to sound levels greater 
than or equal to 160, 180, and 190 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa during the proposed 
seismic survey. Table 5 represents the numbers of instances of take 
that NMFS proposes to authorize for this survey within the South 
Atlantic Ocean.
    NMFS' Take Estimate Method for Species with Density Information: In 
order to estimate the potential number of instances that marine mammals 
could be exposed to airgun sounds above the 160-dB Level B harassment 
threshold and the 180-dB Level A harassment thresholds, NMFS used the 
following approach for species with density estimates derived from the 
Navy's Atlantic Fleet Training and Testing Navy Marine Species Density 
Database maps for the survey area in the Southern Atlantic Ocean. NMFS 
used the highest density range for each species within the survey area.
    (1) Calculate the total area that the Langseth would ensonify above 
the 160-dB Level B harassment threshold and above the 180-dB Level A 
harassment threshold for cetaceans within a 24-hour period. This 
calculation includes a daily ensonified area of approximately 1,377 
square kilometers (km\2\) (532 square miles [mi\2\]) for the five OBS 
tracklines and 1,839 km\2\ (710 mi\2\) for the MCS trackline based on 
the Langseth traveling approximately 150 km [93 mi] in one day). 
Generally, the Langseth travels approximately 137 km (85 mi) in one day 
while conducting a seismic survey, thus, NMFS' estimate of a daily 
ensonified area based on 150 km is an estimation of the theoretical 
maximum that the Langseth could travel within 24 hours.
    (2) Multiply each daily ensonified area above the 160-dB Level B 
harassment threshold by the species' density (animals/km\2\) to derive 
the predicted number of instances of exposures to received levels 
greater than or equal to 160-dB re: 1 [mu]Pa on a given day;
    (3) Multiply each product (i.e., the expected number of instances 
of exposures within a day) by the number of survey days that includes a 
25 percent contingency (i.e., a total of six days for the five OBS 
tracklines and a total of 22 days for the MCS trackline) to derive the 
predicted number of instances of exposures over the duration of the 
survey;
    (4) Multiply the daily ensonified area by each species-specific 
density to derive the predicted number of instances of exposures to 
received levels greater than or equal to 180-dB re: 1 [mu]Pa for 
cetaceans on a given day (i.e., Level A takes). This calculation 
includes a daily ensonified area of approximately 207 km\2\ (80 mi\2\) 
for the five OBS tracklines and 281 km\2\ (108 mi\2\) for the MCS 
trackline.
    (5) Multiply each product by the number of survey days that 
includes a 25 percent contingency (i.e., a total of six days for the 
five OBS tracklines and a total of 22 days for the MCS trackline). 
Subtract that product from the predicted number of instances of 
exposures to received levels greater than or equal to 160-dB re: 1 
[mu]Pa on a given day to derive the number of instances of exposures 
estimated to occur between 160 and 180-dB threshold (i.e., Level B 
takes).
    In many cases, this estimate of instances of exposures is likely an 
overestimate of the number of individuals that are taken, because it 
assumes 100 percent turnover in the area every day, (i.e., that each 
new day results in takes of entirely new individuals with no repeat 
takes of the same individuals over the 22-day period (28 days with 
contingency). It is difficult to quantify to what degree this method 
overestimates the number of individuals potentially taken. Except as 
described later for a few specific species, NMFS uses this number of 
instances as the estimate of individuals (and authorized take) even 
though NMFS is aware that the number may be somewhat high due to the 
use of the maximum density estimate from the NMSDD.
    Take Estimates for Species with Less than One Instance of Exposure: 
Using the approach described earlier, the model generated instances of 
take for some species that were less than one over the 28-day duration. 
Those species include the humpback, blue, Bryde's, pygmy sperm, and 
dwarf sperm whale. NMFS used data based on dedicated survey sighting 
information from the Atlantic Marine Assessment Program for Protected 
Species (AMAPPS) surveys in 2010, 2011, and 2013 (AMAPPS, 2010, 2011, 
2013) to estimate take and assumed that Lamont-Doherty could 
potentially encounter one group of each species during the proposed 
seismic survey. NMFS believes it is reasonable to use the average 
(mean) group size (weighted by effort and rounded up) from the AMMAPS 
surveys for humpback whale (3), blue whale (2), Bryde's whale (2), 
pygmy sperm whale (2), and dwarf sperm whale (2) to derive a reasonable 
estimate of take for eruptive occurrences.
    Take Estimates for Species with No Density Information: Density 
information for the Southern right whale, southern elephant seal, and 
Subantarctic fur seal in the South Atlantic Ocean is data poor or non-
existent. When density estimates were not available, NMFS used data 
based on dedicated survey sighting information from the Atlantic Marine 
Assessment Program for Protected Species (AMAPPS) surveys in 2010, 
2011, and 2013 (AMAPPS, 2010, 2011, 2013) to estimate take for the 
three species. NMFS assumed that Lamont-Doherty could potentially 
encounter one group of each species during the seismic survey. NMFS 
believes it is reasonable to use the average (mean) group size 
(weighted by effort and rounded up) for North Atlantic right whales (3) 
from the AMMAPS surveys for the Southern right whale and the mean group 
size for unidentified seals (2) from the AMMAPS surveys for southern 
elephant and Subantarctic fur seals multiplied by 28 days to derive an 
estimate of take from a potential encounter.
    NMFS used sighting information from a survey off Namibia, Africa 
(Rose and Payne, 1991) to estimate a mean group size for southern right 
whale dolphins (58) and also multiplied that estimate by 28 days to 
derive an estimate of take from a potential encounter with that 
species.

[[Page 75381]]



  Table 5--Densities and/or Mean Group Size, and Estimates of the Possible Numbers of Marine Mammals and Population Percentages Exposed to Sound Levels
                Greater Than or Equal to 160 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa Over 28 Days During the Proposed Seismic Survey in the South Atlantic Ocean
                                                              [January through March, 2016]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Modeled number
                                                             of instances of
                                                Density       exposures to    Proposed Level  Proposed Level    Percent of
                  Species                    estimate \1\    sound levels >=    A take \3\      B take \3\    population \4\     Population trend \5\
                                                              160, 180, and
                                                               190 dB \2\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antarctic minke whale.....................        0.054983      2,276,396, -             396           2,276           0.519  Unknown.
Blue whale................................        0.000032           4, 0, -               0               4           2.074  Unknown.
Bryde's whale.............................        0.000262          56, 0, -               0              56           0.128  Unknown.
Common minke whale........................        0.054983      2,276,396, -             396           2,276           0.519  Unknown.
Fin whale.................................        0.002888        106, 28, -              28             106           0.609  Unknown.
Humpback whale............................        0.000078           6, 0, -               0               6           0.200  [uarr]
Sei whale.................................        0.002688        106, 28, -              28             106           1.340  Unknown.
Southern right whale......................              NA          84, 0, -               0              84           0.700  Unknown.
Sperm whale...............................        0.001214          50, 0, -               0              50           0.014  Unknown.
Dwarf sperm whale.........................        0.000041           4, 0, -               0               4           1.480  Unknown.
Pygmy sperm whale.........................        0.000021           4, 0, -               0               4           1.480  Unknown.
Cuvier's beaked whale.....................        0.003831        156, 28, -              28             156           0.031  Unknown.
Andrew's beaked whale.....................        0.000511          28, 0, -               0              28           0.005  Unknown.
Arnoux's beaked whale.....................        0.000956          28, 0, -               0              28           0.005  Unknown.
Blainville's beaked whale.................        0.000663          28, 0, -               0              28           0.005  Unknown.
Gervais' beaked whale.....................        0.001334          56, 0, -               0              56           0.009  Unknown.
Gray's beaked whale.......................        0.000944          28, 0, -               0              28           0.005  Unknown.
Hector's beaked whale.....................        0.000246           0, 0, -               0               0           0.000  Unknown.
Shepherd's beaked whale...................        0.000816          28, 0, -               0              28           0.005  Unknown.
Strap-toothed beaked whale................        0.000638          28, 0, -               0              28           0.005  Unknown.
True's beaked whale.......................        0.000876          28, 0, -               0              28           0.005  Unknown.
Southern bottlenose whale.................        0.000917          28, 0, -               0              28           0.005  Unknown.
Bottlenose dolphin........................        0.020744       848, 156, -             156             848           0.167  Unknown.
Rough-toothed dolphin.....................        0.000418          22, 0, -               0              22           8.118  Unknown.
Pantropical spotted dolphin...............        0.003674        156, 28, -              28             156           5.521  Unknown.
Striped dolphin...........................        0.174771   7,208, 1,294, -           1,294           7,208          15.513  Unknown.
Fraser's dolphin..........................        0.001568          56, 0, -               0              56           0.019  Unknown.
Spinner dolphin...........................        0.006255        262, 50, -              50             262           0.026  Unknown.
Atlantic spotted dolphin..................        0.023756       982, 184, -             184             982           2.608  Unknown.
Clymene dolphin...........................        0.000258           0, 0, -               0               0           0.000  Unknown.
Risso's dolphin...........................        0.037399     1,540, 290, -             290           1,540           8.844  Unknown.
Long-beaked common dolphin................        0.000105           0, 0, -               0               0           0.000  Unknown.
Short-beaked common dolphin...............        0.129873     5,356, 954, -             954           5,356           3.637  Unknown.
Southern right whale dolphin..............              NA       1,624, 0, -               0           1,624         Unknown  Unknown.
Melon-headed whale........................        0.006285        262, 50, -              50             262           0.624  Unknown.
Pygmy killer whale........................        0.001039          50, 0, -               0              50           1.395  Unknown.
False killer whale........................        0.000158           0, 0, -               0               0           0.000  Unknown.
Killer whale..............................        0.003312        134, 28, -              28             134           0.324  Unknown.
Long-finned pilot whale...................        0.007614        318, 56, -              56             318           0.187  Unknown.
Short-finned pilot whale..................        0.015616       636, 106, -             106             636           0.371  Unknown.
Southern Elephant Seal....................              NA           4, 0, 0               0               4           0.001  Unknown.
Subantarctic fur seal.....................              NA           4, 0, 0               0               4           0.001  Unknown.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Densities (where available) are expressed as number of individuals per km\2\. Densities estimated from the Navy's Atlantic Fleet Training and
  Testing Navy Marine Species Density Database maps for the survey area in the Southern Atlantic Ocean. NA = Not available.
\2\ See preceding text for information on NMFS' take estimate calculations. NA = Not applicable.
\3\ Modeled instances of exposures include adjustments for species with no density information. The Level A estimates are overestimates of predicted
  impacts to marine mammals as the estimates do not take into consideration the required mitigation measures for shutdowns or power downs if a marine
  mammal is likely to enter the 180 dB exclusion zone while the airguns are active.
\4\ Table 2 in this notice lists the stock species abundance estimates used in calculating the percentage of the population.
\5\ Population trend information from Waring et al., 2015. [uarr]= Increasing. [darr] = Decreasing. Unknown = Insufficient data.

    Lamont-Doherty did not estimate any additional take from sound 
sources other than airguns. NMFS does not expect the sound levels 
produced by the echosounder and sub-bottom profiler to exceed the sound 
levels produced by the airguns. Lamont-Doherty will not operate the 
multibeam echosounder and sub-bottom profiler during transits to and 
from the survey area, (i.e., when the airguns are not operating) and in 
between transits to each of the five OBS tracklines, and, therefore, 
NMFS does not anticipate additional takes from these sources in this 
particular case.
    NMFS considers the probability for entanglement of marine mammals 
as low because of the vessel speed and the monitoring efforts onboard 
the survey vessel. Therefore, NMFS does not believe it is necessary to 
authorize additional takes for entanglement at this time.
    The Langseth will operate at a relatively slow speed (typically 4.6 
knots [8.5 km/h; 5.3 mph]) when conducting the survey. Protected 
species observers would monitor for marine mammals, which would trigger 
mitigation measures, including vessel

[[Page 75382]]

avoidance where safe. Therefore, NMFS does not anticipate nor do we 
authorize takes of marine mammals from vessel strike.
    There is no evidence that the planned survey activities could 
result in serious injury or mortality within the specified geographic 
area for the requested proposed Authorization. The required mitigation 
and monitoring measures would minimize any potential risk for serious 
injury or mortality.

Preliminary Analysis and Determinations

Negligible Impact

    Negligible impact is ``an impact resulting from the specified 
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably 
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on 
annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of 
likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival 
(i.e., population level effects) forms the basis of a negligible impact 
finding. Thus, an estimate of the number of takes, alone, is not enough 
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to 
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be 
``taken'' through behavioral harassment, NMFS must consider other 
factors, such as the likely nature of any responses (their intensity, 
duration, etc.), the context of any responses (critical reproductive 
time or location, migration, etc.), as well as the number and nature of 
estimated Level A harassment takes, the number of estimated 
mortalities, effects on habitat, and the status of the species.
    In making a negligible impact determination, NMFS considers:
     The number of anticipated injuries, serious injuries, or 
mortalities;
     The number, nature, and intensity, and duration of 
harassment; and
     The context in which the takes occur (e.g., impacts to 
areas of significance, impacts to local populations, and cumulative 
impacts when taking into account successive/contemporaneous actions 
when added to baseline data);
     The status of stock or species of marine mammals (i.e., 
depleted, not depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable, impact relative 
to the size of the population);
     Impacts on habitat affecting rates of recruitment/
survival; and
     The effectiveness of monitoring and mitigation measures to 
reduce the number or severity of incidental takes.
    To avoid repetition, our analysis applies to all the species listed 
in Table 5, given that NMFS expects the anticipated effects of the 
seismic airguns to be similar in nature. Where there are meaningful 
differences between species or stocks, or groups of species, in 
anticipated individual responses to activities, impact of expected take 
on the population due to differences in population status, or impacts 
on habitat, NMFS has identified species-specific factors to inform the 
analysis.
    Given the required mitigation and related monitoring, NMFS does not 
anticipate that serious injury or mortality would occur as a result of 
Lamont-Doherty's proposed seismic survey in the South Atlantic Ocean. 
Thus the proposed authorization does not authorize any mortality.
    NMFS' predicted estimates for Level A harassment take for some 
species are likely overestimates of the injury that will occur. NMFS 
expects that successful implementation of the required visual and 
acoustic mitigation measures would avoid Level A take in some 
instances. Also, NMFS expects that some individuals would avoid the 
source at levels expected to result in injury. Nonetheless, although 
NMFS expects that Level A harassment is unlikely to occur at the 
numbers proposed to be authorized, because it is difficult to quantify 
the degree to which the mitigation and avoidance will reduce the number 
of animals that might incur PTS, we are proposing to authorize (and 
analyze) the modeled number of Level A takes, which does not take the 
mitigation or avoidance into consideration. However, because of the 
constant movement of the Langseth and the animals, as well as the fact 
that the boat is not staying in any one area in which individuals would 
be expected to concentrate for any long amount of time (i.e., since the 
duration of exposure to loud sounds will be relatively short), we 
anticipate that any PTS incurred, would be in the form of only a small 
degree of permanent threshold shift and not total deafness.
    Of the marine mammal species under our jurisdiction that are known 
to occur or likely to occur in the study area, the following species 
are listed as endangered under the ESA: blue, fin, humpback, sei, 
Southern right whale, and sperm whales. The western north Atlantic 
population of humpback whales is known to be increasing. The other 
marine mammal species that may be taken by harassment during Lamont-
Doherty's seismic survey program are not listed as threatened or 
endangered under the ESA.
    Cetaceans. Odontocete reactions to seismic energy pulses are 
usually thought to be limited to shorter distances from the airgun(s) 
than are those of mysticetes, in part because odontocete low-frequency 
hearing is assumed to be less sensitive than that of mysticetes. Given 
sufficient notice through relatively slow ship speed, NMFS generally 
expects marine mammals to move away from a noise source that is 
annoying prior to becoming potentially injurious, although Level A 
takes for a small group of species are proposed for authorization here.
    Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed 
previously in this document (see the ``Anticipated Effects on Habitat'' 
section). Although some disturbance is possible to food sources of 
marine mammals, the impacts are anticipated to be minor enough as to 
not affect annual rates of recruitment or survival of marine mammals in 
the area. Based on the size of the South Atlantic Ocean where feeding 
by marine mammals occurs versus the localized area of the marine survey 
activities, any missed feeding opportunities in the direct project area 
will be minor based on the fact that other feeding areas exist 
elsewhere. Taking into account the planned mitigation measures, effects 
on cetaceans are generally expected to be restricted to avoidance of a 
limited area around the survey operation and short-term changes in 
behavior, falling within the MMPA definition of ``Level B harassment.'' 
Animals are not expected to permanently abandon any area that is 
surveyed, and any behaviors that are interrupted during the activity 
are expected to resume once the activity ceases. Only a small portion 
of marine mammal habitat will be affected at any time, and other areas 
within the South Atlantic Ocean would be available for necessary 
biological functions.
    Pinnipeds. During foraging trips, extralimital pinnipeds may not 
react at all to the sound from the proposed survey or may alert, ignore 
the stimulus, change their behavior, or avoid the immediate area by 
swimming away or diving. Behavioral responses can range from a mild 
orienting response, or a shifting of attention, to flight and panic. 
Research and observations show that pinnipeds in the water are tolerant 
of anthropogenic noise and activity. They may react in a number of ways 
depending on their experience with the sound source and what activity 
they are engaged in at the time of the exposure. Significant behavioral 
effects are more likely at higher received levels within a few 
kilometers of the source and activities involving sound from the 
proposed survey would not occur near

[[Page 75383]]

any haulout areas where resting behaviors occur.
    Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, 
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (i.e., 24 hour cycle). 
Behavioral reactions to noise exposure (such as disruption of critical 
life functions, displacement, or avoidance of important habitat) are 
more likely to be significant if they last more than one diel cycle or 
recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007). While NMFS 
anticipates that the seismic operations would occur on consecutive 
days, the estimated duration of the survey would last no more than 28 
days but would increase sound levels in the marine environment in a 
relatively small area surrounding the vessel (compared to the range of 
most of the marine mammals within the proposed survey area), which is 
constantly travelling over distances, and some animals may only be 
exposed to and harassed by sound for less than a day.
    For reasons stated previously in this document and based on the 
following factors, Lamont-Doherty's specified activities are not likely 
to cause long-term behavioral disturbance, serious injury, or death, or 
other effects that would be expected to adversely affect reproduction 
or survival of any individuals. They include:
     The anticipated impacts of Lamont-Doherty's survey 
activities on marine mammals are temporary behavioral changes due, 
primarily, to avoidance of the area;
     The likelihood that, given the constant movement of boat 
and animals and the nature of the survey design (not concentrated in 
areas of high marine mammal concentration), PTS incurred would be of a 
low level;
     The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat 
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during 
the operation of the airgun(s) to avoid acoustic harassment;
     The expectation that the seismic survey would have no more 
than a temporary and minimal adverse effect on any fish or invertebrate 
species that serve as prey species for marine mammals, and therefore 
consider the potential impacts to marine mammal habitat minimal; and
     The knowledge that the survey is taking place in the open 
ocean and not located within an area of biological importance for 
breeding, calving, or foraging for marine mammals.
    Table 5 in this document outlines the number of requested Level A 
and Level B harassment takes that we anticipate as a result of these 
activities.
    Required mitigation measures, such as special shutdowns for large 
whales, vessel speed, course alteration, and visual monitoring would be 
implemented to help reduce impacts to marine mammals. Based on the 
analysis herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on 
marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the 
implementation of the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS 
finds that Lamont-Doherty's proposed seismic survey would have a 
negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks.

Small Numbers

    As mentioned previously, NMFS estimates that Lamont-Doherty's 
activities could potentially affect, by Level B harassment, 38 species 
of marine mammals under our jurisdiction. NMFS estimates that Lamont-
Doherty's activities could potentially affect, by Level A harassment, 
up to 16 species of marine mammals under our jurisdiction.
    For each species, the numbers of take being proposed for 
authorization are small numbers relative to the population sizes: less 
than 16 percent for striped dolphins, less than 8 percent of Risso's 
dolphins, less than 6 percent for pantropical spotted dolphins, and 
less than 4 percent for all other species. NMFS has provided the 
regional population and take estimates for the marine mammal species 
that may be taken by Level A and Level B harassment in Table 5 in this 
notice. NMFS finds that the proposed incidental take described in Table 
5 for the proposed activity would be limited to small numbers relative 
to the affected species or stocks.

Impact on Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for 
Subsistence Uses

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals implicated 
by this action.

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

    There are six marine mammal species listed as endangered under the 
Endangered Species Act that may occur in the proposed survey area. 
Under section 7 of the ESA, NSF has initiated formal consultation with 
NMFS on the proposed seismic survey. NMFS (i.e., National Marine 
Fisheries Service, Office of Protected Resources, Permits and 
Conservation Division) will also consult internally with NMFS on the 
proposed issuance of an Authorization under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the 
MMPA. NMFS and the NSF will conclude the consultation prior to a 
determination on the proposed issuance of the Authorization.

National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)

    NSF has prepared a draft environmental analysis titled, Draft 
Environmental Analysis of a Marine Geophysical Survey by the R/V Marcus 
G. Langseth in the South Atlantic Ocean, Austral Summer 2016. NMFS has 
posted this document on our Web site concurrently with the publication 
of this notice. NMFS has independently evaluated the draft 
environmental analysis and has prepared a separate draft Environmental 
Assessment (DEA) titled, Proposed Issuance of an Incidental Harassment 
Authorization to Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory to Take Marine 
Mammals by Harassment Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the 
South Atlantic Ocean, January-March 2016. Information in Lamont-
Doherty's application, NSF's Draft environmental analysis, NMFS' DEA 
and this notice collectively provide the environmental information 
related to proposed issuance of an Authorization for public review and 
comment. NMFS will review all comments submitted in response to this 
notice as we complete the NEPA process, including a decision of whether 
to sign a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI), prior to a final 
decision on the proposed Authorization request.

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes 
issuing an Authorization to Lamont-Doherty for conducting a seismic 
survey in the South Atlantic Ocean, early January through March 31, 
2016 provided they incorporate the proposed mitigation, monitoring, and 
reporting requirements.

Draft Proposed Authorization

    This section contains the draft text for the proposed 
Authorization. NMFS proposes to include this language in the 
Authorization if issued.

Incidental Harassment Authorization

    We hereby authorize the Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory (Lamont-
Doherty), Columbia University, P.O. Box 1000, 61 Route 9W, Palisades, 
New York 10964-8000, under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal 
Protection Act (MMPA) (16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(D)) and 50 CFR 216.107, to 
incidentally harass small numbers of marine mammals incidental to a 
marine geophysical survey conducted by the R/V Marcus G. Langseth 
(Langseth) marine geophysical survey in the South Atlantic Ocean 
January through March 2016.

[[Page 75384]]

1. Effective Dates

    This Authorization is valid from early January through March 31, 
2016.

2. Specified Geographic Region

    This Authorization is valid only for specified activities 
associated with the R/V Marcus G. Langseth's (Langseth) seismic 
operations as specified in Lamont-Doherty's Incidental Harassment 
Authorization (Authorization) application and environmental analysis in 
the following specified geographic area:
    a. in the South Atlantic Ocean, located approximately between 10-35 
[deg]W, 27-33 [deg]S as specified in Lamont-Doherty's application and 
the National Science Foundation's environmental analysis.

3. Species Authorized and Level of Takes

    a. This authorization limits the incidental taking of marine 
mammals, by harassment only, to the following species in the area 
described in Table 5 in this notice.
    i. During the seismic activities, if the Holder of this 
Authorization encounters any marine mammal species that are not listed 
in Condition 3 for authorized taking and are likely to be exposed to 
sound pressure levels greater than or equal to 160 decibels (dB) re: 1 
[mu]Pa, then the Holder must alter speed or course or shut-down the 
airguns to avoid take.
    b. The taking by serious injury or death of any of the species 
listed in Condition 3 or the taking of any kind of any other species of 
marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, 
suspension, or revocation of this Authorization.
    c. This Authorization limits the methods authorized for taking by 
harassment to the following acoustic sources:
    i. a sub-airgun array with a total capacity of 6,600 in\3\ (or 
smaller);

4. Reporting Prohibited Take

    The Holder of this Authorization must report the taking of any 
marine mammal in a manner prohibited under this Authorization 
immediately to the Office of Protected Resources, National Marine 
Fisheries Service, at 301-427-8401 and/or by email to the Chief, 
Permits and Conservation Division.

5. Cooperation

    We require the Holder of this Authorization to cooperate with the 
Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, and 
any other Federal, state, or local agency monitoring the impacts of the 
activity on marine mammals.

6. Mitigation and Monitoring Requirements

    We require the Holder of this Authorization to implement the 
following mitigation and monitoring requirements when conducting the 
specified activities to achieve the least practicable adverse impact on 
affected marine mammal species or stocks:

Visual Observers

    a. Utilize two, National Marine Fisheries Service-qualified, 
vessel-based Protected Species Visual Observers (visual observers) to 
watch for and monitor marine mammals near the seismic source vessel 
during daytime airgun operations (from nautical twilight-dawn to 
nautical twilight-dusk) and before and during start-ups of airguns day 
or night.
    i. At least one visual observer will be on watch during meal times 
and restroom breaks.
    ii. Observer shifts will last no longer than four hours at a time.
    iii. Visual observers will also conduct monitoring while the 
Langseth crew deploy and recover the airgun array and streamers from 
the water.
    iv. When feasible, visual observers will conduct observations 
during daytime periods when the seismic system is not operating for 
comparison of sighting rates and behavioral reactions during, between, 
and after airgun operations.
    v. The Langseth's vessel crew will also assist in detecting marine 
mammals, when practicable. Visual observers will have access to reticle 
binoculars (7 x 50 Fujinon), and big-eye binoculars (25 x 150).

Exclusion Zones

    b. Establish a 180-decibel (dB) or 190-dB exclusion zone for 
cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively, before starting the airgun 
subarray (6,660 in\3\); and a 180-dB or 190-dB exclusion zone for 
cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively for the single airgun (40 in\3\). 
Observers will use the predicted radius distance for the 180-dB or 190-
dB exclusion zones for cetaceans and pinnipeds.

Visual Monitoring at the Start of Airgun Operations

    c. Monitor the entire extent of the exclusion zones for at least 30 
minutes (day or night) prior to the ramp-up of airgun operations after 
a shutdown.
    d. Delay airgun operations if the visual observer sees a cetacean 
within the 180-dB exclusion zone for cetaceans or 190-dB exclusion zone 
for pinnipeds until the marine mammal(s) has left the area.
    i. If the visual observer sees a marine mammal that surfaces, then 
dives below the surface, the observer shall wait 30 minutes. If the 
observer sees no marine mammals during that time, he/she should assume 
that the animal has moved beyond the 180-dB exclusion zone for 
cetaceans or 190-dB exclusion zone for pinnipeds.
    ii. If for any reason the visual observer cannot see the full 180-
dB exclusion zone for cetaceans or the 190-dB exclusion zone for 
pinnipeds for the entire 30 minutes (i.e., rough seas, fog, darkness), 
or if marine mammals are near, approaching, or within zone, the 
Langseth may not resume airgun operations.
    iii. If one airgun is already running at a source level of at least 
180 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa or 190 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa, the Langseth may start the 
second gun-and subsequent airguns-without observing relevant exclusion 
zones for 30 minutes, provided that the observers have not seen any 
marine mammals near the relevant exclusion zones (in accordance with 
Condition 6(b)).

Passive Acoustic Monitoring

    e. Utilize the passive acoustic monitoring (PAM) system, to the 
maximum extent practicable, to detect and allow some localization of 
marine mammals around the Langseth during all airgun operations and 
during most periods when airguns are not operating. One visual observer 
and/or bioacoustician will monitor the PAM at all times in shifts no 
longer than 6 hours. A bioacoustician shall design and set up the PAM 
system and be present to operate or oversee PAM, and available when 
technical issues occur during the survey.
    f. Do and record the following when an observer detects an animal 
by the PAM:
    i. notify the visual observer immediately of a vocalizing marine 
mammal so a power-down or shut-down can be initiated, if required;
    ii. enter the information regarding the vocalization into a 
database. The data to be entered include an acoustic encounter 
identification number, whether it was linked with a visual sighting, 
date, time when first and last heard and whenever any additional 
information was recorded, position, water depth when first detected, 
bearing if determinable, species or species group (e.g., unidentified 
dolphin, sperm whale, monk seal), types and nature of sounds heard 
(e.g., clicks, continuous, sporadic, whistles, creaks, burst pulses,

[[Page 75385]]

strength of signal, etc.), and any other notable information.

Ramp-Up Procedures

    g. Implement a ``ramp-up'' procedure when starting the airguns at 
the beginning of seismic operations or any time after the entire array 
has been shutdown, which means start the smallest gun first and add 
airguns in a sequence such that the source level of the array will 
increase in steps not exceeding approximately 6 dB per 5-minute period. 
During ramp-up, the observers will monitor the exclusion zone, and if 
marine mammals are sighted, a course/speed alteration, power-down, or 
shutdown will be implemented as though the full array were operational.

Recording Visual Detections

    h. Visual observers must record the following information when they 
have sighted a marine mammal:
    i. Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), 
behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if 
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, 
apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance, 
approach, paralleling, etc., and including responses to ramp-up), and 
behavioral pace; and
    ii. Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel 
(including number of airguns operating and whether in state of ramp-up 
or shut-down), Beaufort sea state and wind force, visibility, and sun 
glare; and
    iii. The data listed under 6(f)(ii) at the start and end of each 
observation watch and during a watch whenever there is a change in one 
or more of the variables.

Speed or Course Alteration

    i. Alter speed or course during seismic operations if a marine 
mammal, based on its position and relative motion, appears likely to 
enter the relevant exclusion zone. If speed or course alteration is not 
safe or practicable, or if after alteration the marine mammal still 
appears likely to enter the exclusion zone, the Holder of this 
Authorization will implement further mitigation measures, such as a 
shutdown.

Power-Down Procedures

    j. Power down the airguns if a visual observer detects a marine 
mammal within, approaching, or entering the relevant exclusion zones. A 
power-down means reducing the number of operating airguns to a single 
operating 40 in\3\ airgun. This would reduce the exclusion zone to the 
degree that the animal(s) is outside of it.

Resuming Airgun Operations after a Power-Down

    k. Following a power-down, if the marine mammal approaches the 
smaller designated exclusion zone, the airguns must then be completely 
shut-down. Airgun activity will not resume until the observer has 
visually observed the marine mammal(s) exiting the exclusion zone and 
is not likely to return, or has not been seen within the exclusion zone 
for 15 minutes for species with shorter dive durations (small 
odontocetes) or 30 minutes for species with longer dive durations 
(mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf 
sperm, killer, and beaked whales).
    l. Following a power-down and subsequent animal departure, the 
Langseth may resume airgun operations at full power. Initiation 
requires that the observers can effectively monitor the full exclusion 
zones described in Condition 6(b). If the observer sees a marine mammal 
within or about to enter the relevant zones then the Langseth will 
implement a course/speed alteration, power-down, or shutdown.

Shutdown Procedures

    m. Shutdown the airgun(s) if a visual observer detects a marine 
mammal within, approaching, or entering the relevant exclusion zone. A 
shutdown means that the Langseth turns off all operating airguns.

Resuming Airgun Operations After a Shutdown

    n. Following a shutdown, if the observer has visually confirmed 
that the animal has departed the 180-dB zone for cetaceans or the 190-
dB zone for pinnipeds within a period of less than or equal to 8 
minutes after the shutdown, then the Langseth may resume airgun 
operations at full power.
    o. If the observer has not seen the animal depart the 180-dB zone 
for cetaceans or the 190-dB zone for pinnipeds, the Langseth shall not 
resume airgun activity until 15 minutes has passed for species with 
shorter dive times (i.e., small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30 
minutes has passed for species with longer dive durations (i.e., 
mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf 
sperm, killer, and beaked whales). The Langseth will follow the ramp-up 
procedures described in Conditions 6(g).

Survey Operations at Night

    p. The Langseth may continue marine geophysical surveys into night 
and low-light hours if the Holder of the Authorization initiates these 
segment(s) of the survey when the observers can view and effectively 
monitor the full relevant exclusion zones.
    q. This Authorization does not permit the Holder of this 
Authorization to initiate airgun array operations from a shut-down 
position at night or during low-light hours (such as in dense fog or 
heavy rain) when the visual observers cannot view and effectively 
monitor the full relevant exclusion zones.

Mitigation Airgun

    s. The Langseth may operate a small-volume airgun (i.e., mitigation 
airgun) during turns and maintenance at approximately one shot per 
minute. The Langseth would not operate the small-volume airgun for 
longer than three hours in duration during turns. During turns or brief 
transits between seismic tracklines, one airgun would continue to 
operate.

Special Procedures for Concentrations of Large Whales

    t. The Langseth will power-down the array and avoid concentrations 
of large whales if possible (i.e., avoid exposing concentrations of 
these animals to sounds greater than 160 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa). For purposes 
of the survey, a concentration or group of whales will consist of six 
or more individuals visually sighted that do not appear to be traveling 
(e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.). The Langseth will follow the 
procedures described in Conditions 6(k) for resuming operations after a 
power down.

7. Reporting Requirements

    This Authorization requires the Holder of this Authorization to:
    a. Submit a draft report on all activities and monitoring results 
to the Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service, within 90 days of the completion of the Langseth's cruise. 
This report must contain and summarize the following information:
    i. Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea conditions 
(including Beaufort sea state and wind force), and associated 
activities during all seismic operations and marine mammal sightings.
    ii. Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and 
behavior of any marine mammals, as well as associated seismic activity 
(number of shutdowns), observed throughout all monitoring activities.
    iii. An estimate of the number (by species) of marine mammals with 
known exposures to the seismic activity (based on visual observation) 
at received

[[Page 75386]]

levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa and/or 180 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa for cetaceans and 190-dB re 1 [mu]Pa for pinnipeds and a 
discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited.
    iv. An estimate of the number (by species) of marine mammals with 
estimated exposures (based on modeling results) to the seismic activity 
at received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa and/or 
180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa for cetaceans and 190-dB re 1 [mu]Pa for pinnipeds 
with a discussion of the nature of the probable consequences of that 
exposure on the individuals.
    v. A description of the implementation and effectiveness of the: 
(A) terms and conditions of the Biological Opinion's Incidental Take 
Statement (attached); and (B) mitigation measures of the Incidental 
Harassment Authorization. For the Biological Opinion, the report will 
confirm the implementation of each Term and Condition, as well as any 
conservation recommendations, and describe their effectiveness, for 
minimizing the adverse effects of the action on Endangered Species Act 
listed marine mammals.
    b. Submit a final report to the Chief, Permits and Conservation 
Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service, within 30 days after receiving comments from us on the draft 
report. If we decide that the draft report needs no comments, we will 
consider the draft report to be the final report.

8. Reporting Prohibited Take

    In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly 
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner not permitted by the 
authorization (if issued), such as an injury, serious injury, or 
mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), 
Lamont-Doherty shall immediately cease the specified activities and 
immediately report the take to the Chief, Permits and Conservation 
Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401 and/or 
by email. The report must include the following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the 
incident;
     Name and type of vessel involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Description of the incident;
     Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding 
the incident;
     Water depth;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
     Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 
hours preceding the incident;
     Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
     Fate of the animal(s); and
     Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if 
equipment is available).
    Lamont-Doherty shall not resume its activities until we are able to 
review the circumstances of the prohibited take. We shall work with 
Lamont-Doherty to determine what is necessary to minimize the 
likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. 
Lamont-Doherty may not resume their activities until notified by us via 
letter, email, or telephone.

9. Reporting an Injured or Dead Marine Mammal With an Unknown Cause of 
Death

    In the event that Lamont-Doherty discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the cause 
of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent 
(i.e., in less than a moderate state of decomposition as we describe in 
the next paragraph), Lamont-Doherty will immediately report the 
incident to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of 
Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401 and/or by email. The report 
must include the same information identified in the paragraph above 
this section. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the 
circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work with Lamont-Doherty to 
determine whether modifications in the activities are appropriate.

10. Reporting an Injured or Dead Marine Mammal Unrelated to the 
Activities

    In the event that Lamont-Doherty discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the injury 
or death is not associated with or related to the authorized activities 
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), Lamont-Doherty would report the 
incident to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of 
Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401 and/or by email, within 24 
hours of the discovery. Lamont-Doherty would provide photographs or 
video footage (if available) or other documentation of the stranded 
animal sighting to NMFS.

11. Endangered Species Act Biological Opinion and Incidental Take 
Statement

    Lamont-Doherty is required to comply with the Terms and Conditions 
of the Incidental Take Statement corresponding to the Endangered 
Species Act Biological Opinion issued to the National Science 
Foundation and NMFS' Office of Protected Resources, Permits and 
Conservation Division (attached). A copy of this Authorization and the 
Incidental Take Statement must be in the possession of all contractors 
and protected species observers operating under the authority of this 
Incidental Harassment Authorization.

Request for Public Comments

    NMFS invites comments on our analysis, the draft authorization, and 
any other aspect of the Notice of proposed Authorization for Lamont-
Doherty's activities. Please include any supporting data or literature 
citations with your comments to help inform our final decision on 
Lamont-Doherty's request for an application.

    Dated: November 24, 2015.
Perry F. Gayaldo,
Deputy Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine 
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2015-30333 Filed 11-25-15; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                               75356                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                  noaa.gov. Please include 0648–XE291 in                the availability of the species or stock(s)
                                                                                                       the subject line. Comments sent via                   for subsistence uses (where relevant).
                                               National Oceanic and Atmospheric                        email to ITP.Cody@noaa.gov, including                 The Authorization must also set forth
                                               Administration                                          all attachments, must not exceed a 25-                the permissible methods of taking; other
                                               RIN 0648–XE291                                          megabyte file size. NMFS is not                       means of effecting the least practicable
                                                                                                       responsible for email comments sent to                adverse impact on the species or stock
                                               Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                   addresses other than the one provided                 and its habitat (i.e., mitigation); and
                                               Specified Activities; Marine                            here.                                                 requirements pertaining to the
                                               Geophysical Survey in the South                            Instructions: All submitted comments               monitoring and reporting of such taking.
                                               Atlantic Ocean, January to March 2016                   are a part of the public record, and                  NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible impact’’
                                                                                                       NMFS will post them to http://                        in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘an impact
                                               AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                      www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                         resulting from the specified activity that
                                               Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                    incidental/research.htm without                       cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
                                               Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                      change. All Personal Identifying                      not reasonably likely to, adversely affect
                                               Commerce.                                               Information (for example, name,                       the species or stock through effects on
                                               ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                     address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by               annual rates of recruitment or survival.’’
                                               harassment authorization; request for                   the commenter may be publicly                           Except with respect to certain
                                               comments.                                               accessible. Do not submit confidential                activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
                                                                                                       business information or otherwise                     defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
                                               SUMMARY:   NMFS has received an                         sensitive or protected information.                   pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
                                               application from the Lamont-Doherty                        To obtain an electronic copy of                    has the potential to injure a marine
                                               Earth Observatory (Lamont-Doherty) in                   Lamont-Doherty’s application, NSF’s                   mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                               collaboration with the National Science                 draft environmental analysis, NMFS’                   wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
                                               Foundation (NSF), for an Incidental                     draft Environmental Assessment, and a                 the potential to disturb a marine
                                               Harassment Authorization                                list of the references used in this                   mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                               (Authorization) to take marine                          document, write to the previously                     wild by causing disruption of behavioral
                                               mammals, by harassment only,                            mentioned address, telephone the                      patterns, including, but not limited to,
                                               incidental to conducting a marine                       contact listed here (see FOR FURTHER                  migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
                                               geophysical (seismic) survey in the                     INFORMATION CONTACT), or visit the                    feeding, or sheltering [Level B
                                               South Atlantic Ocean, January through                   internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/                harassment].
                                               March 2016. The proposed dates for this                 pr/permits/incidental/research.htm.                   Summary of Request
                                               action would be early January 2016                         Information in Lamont-Doherty’s
                                               through March 31, 2016, to account for                  application, NSF’s draft environmental                   On July 29, 2015, NMFS received an
                                               minor deviations due to logistics and                   analysis, NMFS’ draft Environmental                   application from Lamont-Doherty
                                               weather. Per the Marine Mammal                          Assessment and this notice collectively               requesting that NMFS issue an
                                               Protection Act, we are requesting                                                                             Authorization for the take of marine
                                                                                                       provide the environmental information
                                               comments on our proposal to issue an                                                                          mammals, incidental to Texas A&M
                                                                                                       related to the proposed issuance of the
                                               Authorization to Lamont-Doherty to                                                                            University and the University of Texas
                                                                                                       Authorization for public review and
                                               incidentally take, by Level B                                                                                 conducting a seismic survey in the
                                                                                                       comment.
                                               harassment, 38 species of marine                                                                              South Atlantic Ocean, January through
                                                                                                       FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                      March 2016. Following the initial
                                               mammals during the specified activity
                                               and to incidentally take, by Level A                    Jeannine Cody, NMFS, Office of                        application submission, Lamont-
                                               harassment, 16 species of marine                        Protected Resources, NMFS (301) 427–                  Doherty submitted a revised application
                                               mammals. Although considered                            8401.                                                 with revised take estimates. NMFS
                                               unlikely, any Level A harassment                        SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                            considered the revised application
                                               potentially incurred would be expected                                                                        adequate and complete on October 30,
                                                                                                       Background                                            2015.
                                               to be in the form of some smaller degree
                                               of permanent hearing loss due in part to                   Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine                    Lamont-Doherty proposes to conduct
                                               the required monitoring measures for                    Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as                     a two-dimensional (2–D), seismic survey
                                               detecting marine mammals and required                   amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361 et                      on the R/V Marcus G. Langseth
                                               mitigation measures for power downs or                  seq.) directs the Secretary of Commerce               (Langseth), a vessel owned by NSF and
                                               shut downs of the airgun array if any                   to allow, upon request, the incidental,               operated on its behalf by Columbia
                                               animal is likely to enter the Level A                   but not intentional, taking of small                  University’s Lamont-Doherty in
                                               exclusion zone. NMFS does not expect                    numbers of marine mammals of a                        international waters in the South
                                               mortality or complete deafness of                       species or population stock, by U.S.                  Atlantic Ocean approximately 1,938
                                               marine mammals to result from this                      citizens who engage in a specified                    kilometers (km) (1,232 miles [mi])
                                               survey.                                                 activity (other than commercial fishing)              southeast of the west coast of Brazil for
                                                                                                       within a specified geographical region                approximately 22 days. The following
                                               DATES: NMFS must receive comments                       if, after NMFS provides a notice of a                 specific aspect of the proposed activity
                                               and information on or before December                   proposed authorization to the public for              has the potential to take marine
                                               31, 2015.                                               review and comment: (1) NMFS makes                    mammals: Increased underwater sound
                                               ADDRESSES: Address comments on the                      certain findings; and (2) the taking is               generated during the operation of the
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               application to Jolie Harrison, Chief,                   limited to harassment.                                seismic airgun array. We anticipate that
                                               Permits and Conservation Division,                         An Authorization shall be granted for              take, by Level B harassment, of 38
                                               Office of Protected Resources, National                 the incidental taking of small numbers                species of marine mammals could result
                                               Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-                    of marine mammals if NMFS finds that                  from the specified activity. Although
                                               West Highway, Silver Spring, MD                         the taking will have a negligible impact              unlikely, NMFS also anticipates that a
                                               20910. The mailbox address for                          on the species or stock(s), and will not              small level of take by Level A
                                               providing email comments is ITP.Cody@                   have an unmitigable adverse impact on                 harassment of 16 species of marine


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                           75357

                                               mammals could occur during the                          Rio Grande Rise to study the evolution                Thus, the proposed Authorization, if
                                               proposed survey.                                        of the South Atlantic Ocean crust on                  issued, would be effective from early
                                                                                                       million-year timescales and the                       January through March 31, 2016.
                                               Description of the Specified Activity
                                                                                                       evolution and stability of low-spreading                 NMFS refers the reader to the Detailed
                                               Overview                                                ridges over time. NMFS refers the public              Description of Activities section later in
                                                  Lamont-Doherty plans to use one                      to Lamont-Doherty’s application (see                  this notice for more information on the
                                               source vessel, the Langseth, an array of                page 3) for more detailed information on              scope of the proposed activities.
                                               36 airguns as the energy source, a                      the proposed research objectives.
                                                                                                                                                             Specified Geographic Region
                                               receiving system of seven ocean bottom                  Dates and Duration
                                               seismometers (OBS), and a single 8-                                                                             Lamont-Doherty proposes to conduct
                                               kilometer (km) hydrophone streamer. In                     Lamont-Doherty proposes to conduct                 the proposed seismic survey in the
                                               addition to the operations of the                       the seismic survey for approximately 42               South Atlantic Ocean, located
                                               airguns, Lamont-Doherty intends to                      days, which includes approximately 22                 approximately between 10–35° W, 27–
                                               operate a multibeam echosounder and a                   days of seismic surveying with 10 days                33° S (see Figure 1). Water depths in the
                                               sub-bottom profiler continuously                        of OBS deployment and retrieval. The                  survey area range from approximately
                                               throughout the proposed survey.                         proposed study (e.g., equipment testing,              1,150 to 4,800 meters (m) (3,773 feet [ft]
                                               However, Lamont-Doherty will not                        startup, line changes, repeat coverage of             to 2.98 miles [mi]).
                                               operate the multibeam echosounder and                   any areas, and equipment recovery)
                                                                                                                                                             Principal and Collaborating
                                               sub-bottom profiler during transits to                  would include approximately 528 hours
                                                                                                                                                             Investigators
                                               and from the survey area and in                         of airgun operations (i.e., 22 days over
                                               between transits to each of the five OBS                24 hours). Some minor deviation from                    The proposed survey’s principal
                                               tracklines (i.e., when the airguns are not              Lamont-Doherty’s requested dates of                   investigators are Drs. R. Reece and R.
                                               operating).                                             January through March 2016 is possible,               Carlson (Texas A&M University) and Dr.
                                                  The purpose of the survey is to collect              depending on logistics, weather                       G. Christeson (University of Texas at
                                               and analyze seismic refraction data from                conditions, and the need to repeat some               Austin).
                                               the Mid-Atlantic Ridge westward to the                  lines if data quality is substandard.                 BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                                                                                                          EN01DE15.056</GPH>




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4725   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75358                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               BILLING CODE 3510–22–P                                  streamer. As the Langseth tows the                    Additional Acoustic Data Acquisition
                                               Detailed Description of the Specified                   airgun array along the survey lines, the              Systems
                                               Activities                                              OBSs and hydrophone streamer would                       Multibeam Echosounder: The
                                                                                                       receive the returning acoustic signals                Langseth will operate a Kongsberg EM
                                               Transit Activities                                      and transfer the data to the on-board                 122 multibeam echosounder
                                                  The Langseth would depart and                        processing system.                                    concurrently during airgun operations
                                               return from Montevideo, Uruguay, and                                                                          to map characteristics of the ocean floor.
                                               transit to the survey area. Some minor                  Seismic Airguns
                                                                                                                                                             However, as stated earlier, Lamont-
                                               deviations with the transit schedule and                                                                      Doherty will not operate the multibeam
                                                                                                          The airguns are a mixture of Bolt
                                               port locations are possible depending on                                                                      echosounder during transits to and from
                                                                                                       1500LL and Bolt 1900LLX airguns
                                               logistics and weather.                                                                                        the survey areas (i.e., when the airguns
                                                                                                       ranging in size from 40 to 220 in3, with
                                               Vessel Specifications                                   a firing pressure of 1,950 pounds per                 are not operating).
                                                  The survey would involve one source                  square inch. The dominant frequency                      The hull-mounted echosounder emits
                                               vessel, the R/V Langseth. The Langseth,                 components range from zero to 188                     brief pulses of sound (also called a ping)
                                               owned by NSF and operated by Lamont-                    Hertz (Hz).                                           (10.5 to 13.0 kHz) in a fan-shaped beam
                                               Doherty, is a seismic research vessel                                                                         that extends downward and to the sides
                                                                                                          During the survey, Lamont-Doherty
                                               with a quiet propulsion system that                                                                           of the ship. The transmitting beamwidth
                                                                                                       would plan to use the full array with
                                               avoids interference with the seismic                                                                          is 1 or 2° fore-aft and 150° athwartship
                                                                                                       most of the airguns in inactive mode.                 and the maximum source level is 242
                                               signals emanating from the airgun array.                The Langseth would tow the array at a
                                               The vessel is 71.5 m (235 ft) long; has                                                                       dB re: 1 mPa.
                                                                                                       depth of 9 m (29.5 ft) resulting in a shot               Each ping consists of eight (in water
                                               a beam of 17.0 m (56 ft); a maximum                     interval of approximately 65 seconds (s)
                                               draft of 5.9 m (19 ft); and a gross                                                                           greater than 1,000 m; 3,280 ft) or four (in
                                                                                                       (approximately 150 m; 492 ft) for the leg             water less than 1,000 m; 3,280 ft)
                                               tonnage of 3,834 pounds. It has two                     with the OBS lines and a shot interval
                                               3,550 horsepower (hp) Bergen BRG–6                                                                            successive, fan-shaped transmissions,
                                                                                                       of approximately 22 s (approximately 50               from two to 15 milliseconds (ms) in
                                               diesel engines that drive two propellers.               m; 164 ft) for the multichannel seismic
                                               Each propeller has four blades and the                                                                        duration and each ensonifying a sector
                                                                                                       survey lines with the hydrophone                      that extends 1° fore-aft. Continuous
                                               shaft typically rotates at 750 revolutions              streamer. During acquisition the airguns
                                               per minute. The vessel also has an 800-                                                                       wave pulses increase from 2 to 15 ms
                                                                                                       will emit a brief (approximately 0.1 s)               long in water depths up to 2,600 m
                                               hp bowthruster, which is off during
                                                                                                       pulse of sound. During the intervening                (8,530 ft). The echosounder uses
                                               seismic acquisition.
                                                  The Langseth’s speed during seismic                  periods of operations, the airguns are                frequency-modulated chirp pulses up to
                                               operations would be approximately 4.5                   silent.                                               100-ms long in water greater than 2,600
                                               knots (kt) (8.3 km/hour [hr]; 5.1 miles                    Airguns function by venting high-                  m (8,530 ft). The successive
                                               per hour [mph]). The vessel’s cruising                  pressure air into the water, which                    transmissions span an overall cross-
                                               speed outside of seismic operations is                  creates an air bubble. The pressure                   track angular extent of about 150°, with
                                               approximately 10 kt (18.5 km/hr; 11.5                   signature of an individual airgun                     2–ms gaps between the pulses for
                                               mph). While the Langseth tows the                       consists of a sharp rise and then fall in             successive sectors.
                                               airgun array, its turning rate is limited               pressure, followed by several positive                   Sub-bottom Profiler: The Langseth
                                               to five degrees per minute. Thus, the                   and negative pressure excursions caused               will also operate a Knudsen Chirp 3260
                                               Langseth’s maneuverability is limited                   by the oscillation of the resulting air               sub-bottom profiler concurrently during
                                               during operations while it tows the                     bubble. The oscillation of the air bubble             airgun and echosounder operations to
                                               streamer.                                               transmits sounds downward through the                 provide information about the
                                                  The vessel also has an observation                   seafloor, and there is also a reduction in            sedimentary features and bottom
                                               tower from which protected species                      the amount of sound transmitted in the                topography. As with the case of the
                                               visual observers (observers) would                      near horizontal direction. The airgun                 echosounder, Lamont-Doherty will not
                                               watch for marine mammals before and                     array also emits sounds that travel                   operate the sub-bottom profiler during
                                               during the proposed seismic acquisition                 horizontally toward non-target areas.                 transits to and from the survey areas
                                               operations. When stationed on the                                                                             (i.e., when the airguns are not
                                                                                                          The nominal source levels of the                   operating).
                                               observation platform, the observer’s eye
                                                                                                       airgun subarrays on the Langseth range                   The profiler is capable of reaching
                                               level will be approximately 21.5 m (71
                                                                                                       from 240 to 247 decibels (dB) re:                     depths of 10,000 m (6.2 mi). The
                                               ft) above sea level providing the
                                               observer an unobstructed view around                    1 mPa(peak to peak). (We express sound                dominant frequency component is 3.5
                                               the entire vessel.                                      pressure level as the ratio of a measured             kHz and a hull-mounted transducer on
                                                                                                       sound pressure and a reference pressure               the vessel directs the beam downward
                                               Data Acquisition Activities                             level. The commonly used unit for                     in a 27° cone. The power output is 10
                                                  The proposed survey would cover a                    sound pressure is dB and the commonly                 kilowatts (kW), but the actual maximum
                                               total of approximately 3,263 km (2,028                  used reference pressure level in                      radiated power is three kilowatts or 222
                                               mi) of transect lines. The proposed                     underwater acoustics is 1 microPascal                 dB re: 1 mPa. The ping duration is up
                                               survey is one continuous transect line                  (mPa)). Briefly, the effective source                 to 64 ms with a pulse interval of one
                                               with transect lines that cross the main                 levels for horizontal propagation are                 second, but a common mode of
                                               line at six locations.                                  lower than source levels for downward                 operation is to broadcast five pulses at
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                                  During the survey, the Langseth                      propagation. We refer the reader to                   1-s intervals followed by a 5-s pause.
                                               would deploy 36 airguns as an energy                    Lamont-Doherty’s Authorization                           Ocean Bottom Seismometers: The
                                               source with a total volume of 6,600                     application and NSF’s Environmental                   Langseth would deploy a total of seven
                                               cubic inches (in3). The receiving system                Analysis for additional information on                OBS at a 10-km (6.2-mi) spacing interval
                                               would consist of seven OBSs deployed                    downward and horizontal sound                         at each crossline site and would carry
                                               at each perpendicular trackline site and                propagation related to the airgun’s                   out operations in a west-to-east transit
                                               a single 8-km (5-mi) hydrophone                         source levels.                                        line. For each OBS profile site, the


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                                                    75359

                                               Langseth crew would deploy seven                                  seismometer from the ocean floor. The                        operations after concluding the OBS
                                               OBSs on the sea floor, would survey the                           Langseth’s acoustic release transponder,                     operations. As the Langseth tows the
                                               line, and then would recover the source                           located on the vessel, communicates                          airgun array along the survey lines, the
                                               array and the OBSs before moving to the                           with the seismometer at a frequency of                       streamer transfers the data to the on-
                                               next line.                                                        9 to13 kilohertz (kHz). The maximum                          board processing system.
                                                  Lamont-Doherty proposes to use one                             source level of the release signal is 242
                                               of two types of OBSs: The Woods Hole                              dB re: 1 mPa with an 8-millisecond pulse                     Description of Marine Mammals in the
                                               Oceanographic Institute (WHOI) or the                             length. The received signal activates the                    Area of the Specified Activity
                                               Scripps Institution of Oceanography                               seismometer’s double burn-wire release
                                               (SIO) OBS.                                                                                                                        Table 1 in this notice provides the
                                                                                                                 assembly which then releases the
                                                  The WHOI D2 OBS is approximately                                                                                            following: All marine mammal species
                                                                                                                 seismometer from the anchor. The
                                               0.9 m (2.9 ft) high with a maximum                                                                                             with possible or confirmed occurrence
                                                                                                                 seismometer then floats to the ocean
                                               diameter of 50 centimeters (cm) (20                               surface for retrieval by the Langseth.                       in the proposed activity area;
                                               inches [in]). An anchor, made of a rolled                         The steel grate anchors from each of the                     information on those species’ regulatory
                                               steel bar grate that measures                                     seismometers would remain on the                             status under the MMPA and the
                                               approximately 2.5 by 30.5 by 38.1 cm (1                           seafloor.                                                    Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16
                                               by 12 by 15 in) and weighs 23 kilograms                              The Langseth crew would deploy the                        U.S.C. 1531 et seq.); abundance; local
                                               (kg) (51 pounds [lbs]) would anchor the                           seismometers one-by-one from the stern                       occurrence and range; and seasonality
                                               seismometer to the seafloor. The SIO L-                           of the vessel while onboard protected                        in the proposed activity area. Based on
                                               Cheapo OBS is approximately 0.9 m (2.9                            species observers will alert them to the                     the best available information, NMFS
                                               ft) high with a maximum diameter of 97                            presence of marine mammals and                               expects that there may be a potential for
                                               centimeters (cm) (3.1 ft). The SIO                                recommend ceasing deploying or                               certain cetacean and pinniped species to
                                               anchors consist of 36-kg (79-lb) iron                             recovering the seismometers to avoid                         occur within the survey area (i.e.,
                                               gates and measure approximately 7 by                              potential entanglement with marine                           potentially be taken) and have included
                                               91 by 91.5 cm (3 by 36 by 36 inches).                             mammal.                                                      additional information for these species
                                                  After the Langseth completes the                                  Hydrophone Streamer: Lamont-                              in Table 1 of this notice. NMFS will
                                               proposed seismic survey, an acoustic                              Doherty would deploy the single                              carry forward analyses on the species
                                               signal would trigger the release of each                          hydrophone streamer for multichannel                         listed in Table 1 later in this document.

                                                 TABLE 1—GENERAL INFORMATION ON MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD POTENTIALLY OCCUR IN THE PROPOSED SURVEY
                                                                               AREAS WITHIN THE SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN
                                                                                                                             [January through March 2016]

                                                                                                                                      Regulatory                 Species             Local occurrence                 Season 5
                                                                             Species                                                                           abundance 3             and range 4
                                                                                                                                       status 1 2

                                               Antarctic minke whale (Balaenoptera bonaerensis) ...                        MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......                6 515,000   Uncommon, shelf, pelagic             Winter.
                                               Blue whale (B. musculus) ...........................................        MMPA–D, ESA–EN .........                 7 2,300   Rare, coastal, slope, pe-            Winter.
                                                                                                                                                                                lagic.
                                               Bryde’s whale (B. edeni) .............................................      MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......                 8 43,633   Rare, coastal, pelagic ......        Winter.
                                               Common (dwarf) minke whale (B. acutorostrata) .......                       MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......               6 515,000    Uncommon, shelf, pelagic             Winter.
                                               Fin whale (B. physalus) ...............................................     MMPA–D, ESA–EN .........                9 22,000   Uncommon, Coastal, pe-               Fall.
                                                                                                                                                                                lagic.
                                               Humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae) .............                       MMPA–D, ESA–EN .........               1042,000    Uncommon, Coastal,                   Winter.
                                                                                                                                                                                shelf, pelagic.
                                               Sei whale (B. borealis) ................................................    MMPA–D, ESA–EN .........               11 10,000   Uncommon, Shelf edges,               Winter.
                                                                                                                                                                                pelagic.
                                               Southern right whale (Eubalaena australis) ................                 MMPA–D, ESA–EN .........               12 12,000   Uncommon, Coastal, shelf             Winter.
                                               Sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus) ....................                   MMPA–D, ESA–EN .........              13 355,000   Uncommon, Slope, pe-                 Winter.
                                                                                                                                                                                lagic.
                                               Dwarf sperm whale (Kogia sima) ................................             MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......          3,785   Rare, Shelf, slope, pelagic          Winter.
                                               Pygmy sperm whale (K. breviceps) ............................               MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......          3,785   Rare, Shelf, slope, pelagic          Winter.
                                               Cuvier’s beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris) ...............                 MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Uncommon, Slope ...........          Winter.
                                               Andrew’s beaked whale (Mesoplodon bowdoini) ........                        MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Rare, Pelagic ...................    Winter.
                                               Arnoux’s beaked whale (Berardius arnuxii) ................                  MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Rare, Pelagic ...................    Winter.
                                               Blainville’s beaked whale (M. densirostris) .................               MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Rare, Slope, pelagic ........        Winter.
                                               Gervais’ beaked whale (M. europaeus) ......................                 MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Rare, pelagic ....................   Winter.
                                               Gray’s beaked whale (M. grayi) ..................................           MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Rare, Pelagic ...................    Winter.
                                               Hector’s beaked whale (M. hectori) ............................             MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Rare, pelagic ....................   Winter.
                                               Shepherd’s beaked whale (Tasmacetus shepherdi) ...                          MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Rare, pelagic ....................   Winter.
                                               Strap-toothed beaked whale (M. layardii) ...................                MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Rare, pelagic ....................   Winter.
                                               True’s beaked whale (M. mirus) .................................            MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......          7,092   Rare, pelagic ....................   Winter.
                                               Southern bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon planifrons) ..                        MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     14 599,300   Rare, Coastal, shelf, pe-            Winter.
                                                                                                                                                                                lagic.
                                               Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus) .....................               MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......               15 600,000   Uncommon, Coastal, pe-               Winter.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                                                                                lagic.
                                               Rough-toothed dolphin (Steno bredanensis) ..............                    MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......                     271    Uncommon, shelf, pelagic             Winter.
                                               Pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella attennuata) ......                    MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......                   3,333    Uncommon, Coastal,                   Winter.
                                                                                                                                                                                slope, pelagic.
                                               Striped dolphin (S. coeruleoalba) ................................          MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......        54,807    Rare, Pelagic ...................    Winter.
                                               Fraser’s dolphin (Lagenodelphis hosei) ......................               MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......     16 289,000   Uncommon, Pelagic .........          Winter.
                                               Spinner dolphin (Stenella longirostris) ........................            MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......   16 1,200,000   Rare, Pelagic ...................    Winter.
                                               Atlantic spotted dolphin (S. frontalis) ..........................          MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......        44,715    Uncommon, Pelagic .........          Winter.



                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014      20:48 Nov 30, 2015      Jkt 238001     PO 00000        Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703     E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM    01DEN2


                                               75360                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                                 TABLE 1—GENERAL INFORMATION ON MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD POTENTIALLY OCCUR IN THE PROPOSED SURVEY
                                                                          AREAS WITHIN THE SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN—Continued
                                                                                                                           [January through March 2016]

                                                                                                                                    Regulatory                 Species             Local occurrence                Season 5
                                                                            Species                                                                          abundance 3             and range 4
                                                                                                                                     status 1 2

                                               Clymene dolphin (S. clymene) ....................................         MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......          6,215   Rare, Pelagic ...................   Winter.
                                               Risso’s dolphin (Grampus griseus) .............................           MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......         20,692   Uncommon, Pelagic .........         Winter.
                                               Long-beaked common dolphin (Delphinus capensis)                           MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......      17 20,000   Rare, Coastal ...................   Winter.
                                               Short-beaked common dolphin (Delphinus delphis) ...                       MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......       173,486    Uncommon, Coastal, shelf            Winter.
                                               Southern right whale dolphin (Lissodelphis peronii) ...                   MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......      Unknown     Uncommon, Coastal, shelf            Winter.
                                               Melon-headed whale (Peponocephala electra) ..........                     MMPA–NC,       ESA–NL     .......      18 50,000   Uncommon, Coastal,                  Winter.
                                                                                                                                                                              shelf, pelagic.
                                               Pygmy killer whale (Feresa attenuate) .......................             MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......                   3,585    Uncommon, Coastal,                  Winter.
                                                                                                                                                                              shelf, pelagic.
                                               False killer whale (Pseudorca crassidens) .................               MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......                     442    Rare, Pelagic ...................   Winter.
                                               Killer whale (Orcinus orca) ..........................................    MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......                19 50,000   Uncommon, Coastal, pe-              Winter.
                                                                                                                                                                              lagic.
                                               Long-finned pilot whale (Globicephala melas) ............                 MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......               14 200,000   Uncommon, Pelagic .........         Winter.
                                               Short-finned      pilot      whale      (Globicephala                     MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......               14 200,000   Uncommon, Pelagic .........         Winter.
                                                 macrorhynchus).
                                               Southern Elephant Seal (Mirounga leonina) ...............                 MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......               20 650,000   Rare, Coastal ...................   Winter.
                                               Subantarctic fur seal (Arctocephalus tropicalis) ..........               MMPA–NC, ESA–NL .......               21 310,000   Uncommon, Pelagic .........         Winter.
                                                  2 ESA: EN = Endangered, T = Threatened, DL = Delisted, NL = Not listed.
                                                  3 Except where noted abundance information obtained from NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS–NE–231, U.S. Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico
                                               Marine Mammal Stock Assessments–2014 (Waring et al., 2015) and the Draft 2015 U.S. Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Marine Mammal Stock As-
                                               sessments (in review, 2015). NA = Not available.
                                                 4 Occurrence and range information available from the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN).
                                                 5 NA= Not available due to limited information on that species’ seasonal occurrence in the proposed area.
                                                 6 Best estimate from the International Whaling Commission’s (IWC) estimate for the minke whale population (Southern Hemisphere, 2004).
                                                 7 Best estimate from the IWC’s estimate for the blue whale population (Southern Hemisphere, 1998).
                                                 8 Estimate from IUCN Web page for Bryde’s whales. Southern Hemisphere: Southern Indian Ocean (13,854); western South Pacific (16,585);
                                               and eastern South Pacific (13,194) (IWC, 1981).
                                                 9 Best estimate from the IWC’s estimate for the fin whale population (East Greenland to Faroes, 2007).
                                                 10 Best estimate from the IWC’s estimate for the humpback whale population (Southern Hemisphere, partial coverage of Antarctic feeding
                                               grounds, 2007).
                                                 11 Estimate from the IUCN Web page for sei whales (IWC, 1996).
                                                 12 Best estimate from the IWC’s estimate for the southern right whale population (Southern Hemisphere, 2009).
                                                 13 Whitehead, (2002).
                                                 14 Abundance estimates for beaked, southern bottlenose, and pilot whales south of the Antarctic Convergence in January (Kasamatsu and
                                               Joyce, 1995).
                                                 15 Wells and Scott, (2009).
                                                 16 Jefferson et al., (2008).
                                                 17 Cockcroft and Peddemors, (1990).
                                                 18 Estimate from the IUCN Web page for melon-headed whales (IUCN, 2015).
                                                 19 Estimate from the IUCN Web page for killer whales (IUCN, 2015).
                                                 20 Estimate from the IUCN Web page for southern elephant seals (IUCN, 2015).
                                                 21 Arnoud, (2009).




                                                 NMFS refers the public to Lamont-                             Harassment’’ section later in this                           the specific manner in which Lamont-
                                               Doherty’s application, NSF’s draft                              document will include a quantitative                         Doherty would carry out the proposed
                                               environmental analysis (see ADDRESSES),                         analysis of the number of individuals                        activity, what mitigation measures
                                               NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS–                                 that NMFS expects to be taken by this                        Lamont-Doherty would implement, and
                                               NE–231, U.S. Atlantic and Gulf of                               activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact                            how either of those would shape the
                                               Mexico Marine Mammal Stock                                      Analysis’’ section will include the                          anticipated impacts from this specific
                                               Assessments–2014 (Waring et al., 2015);                         analysis of how this specific proposed                       activity. Operating active acoustic
                                               and the Draft 2015 U.S. Atlantic and                            activity would impact marine mammals                         sources, such as airgun arrays, has the
                                               Gulf of Mexico Marine Mammal Stock                              and will consider the content of this                        potential for adverse effects on marine
                                               Assessments (in review, 2015) available                         section, the ‘‘Estimated Take by                             mammals. The majority of anticipated
                                               online at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/                         Incidental Harassment’’ section, the                         impacts would be from the use of the
                                               sars/species.htm for further information                        ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ section, and the                     airgun array.
                                               on the biology and local distribution of                        ‘‘Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
                                               these species.                                                  Habitat’’ section to draw conclusions                        Acoustic Impacts
                                                                                                               regarding the likely impacts of this                            When considering the influence of
                                               Potential Effects of the Specified                              activity on the reproductive success or
                                               Activities on Marine Mammals                                                                                                 various kinds of sound on the marine
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                               survivorship of individuals and from                         environment, it is necessary to
                                                  This section includes a summary and                          that on the affected marine mammal                           understand that different kinds of
                                               discussion of the ways that components                          populations or stocks.                                       marine life are sensitive to different
                                               (e.g., seismic airgun operations, vessel                           NMFS intends to provide a                                 frequencies of sound. Current data
                                               movement) of the specified activity may                         background of potential effects of                           indicate that not all marine mammal
                                               impact marine mammals. The                                      Lamont-Doherty’s activities in this                          species have equal hearing capabilities
                                               ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental                                  section. This section does not consider                      (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al.,


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014      20:48 Nov 30, 2015     Jkt 238001    PO 00000        Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703     E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM    01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                           75361

                                               1997; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and                  hearing estimates occur between                         • Pinnipeds in water: Phocid (true
                                               Hastings, 2008).                                        approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 25 kHz                 seals) functional hearing estimates occur
                                                  Southall et al. (2007) designated                    (extended from 22 kHz based on data                   between approximately 75 Hz and 100
                                               ‘‘functional hearing groups’’ for marine                indicating that some mysticetes can hear              kHz (Hemila et al., 2006; Mulsow et al.,
                                               mammals based on available behavioral                   above 22 kHz; Au et al., 2006; Lucifredi              2011; Reichmuth et al., 2013) and
                                               data; audiograms derived from auditory                  and Stein, 2007; Ketten and Mountain,                 otariid (seals and sea lions) functional
                                               evoked potentials; anatomical modeling;                 2009; Tubelli et al., 2012);                          hearing estimates occur between
                                               and other data. Southall et al. (2007)                    • Mid-frequency cetaceans (32                       approximately 100 Hz to 40 kHz.
                                               also estimated the lower and upper                      species of dolphins, six species of larger
                                               frequencies of functional hearing for                   toothed whales, and 19 species of                       Approximately 42 marine mammal
                                               each group. However, animals are less                   beaked and bottlenose whales):                        species (8 mysticetes, 32 odontocetes,
                                               sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of               Functional hearing estimates occur                    and two pinnipeds) would likely occur
                                               their functional hearing range and are                  between approximately 150 Hz and 160                  in the proposed action area. Table 2
                                               more sensitive to a range of frequencies                kHz;                                                  presents the classification of these
                                               within the middle of their functional                     • High-frequency cetaceans (eight                   species into their respective functional
                                               hearing range.                                          species of true porpoises, six species of             hearing group. NMFS consider a
                                                  The functional groups applicable to                  river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,               species’ functional hearing group when
                                               this proposed survey and the associated                 and four species of cephalorhynchids):                analyzing the effects of exposure to
                                               frequencies are:                                        Functional hearing estimates occur                    sound on marine mammals.
                                                  • Low frequency cetaceans (13                        between approximately 200 Hz and 180
                                               species of mysticetes): Functional                      kHz; and

                                                 TABLE 2—CLASSIFICATION OF MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD POTENTIALLY OCCUR IN THE PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
                                                      WITHIN THE SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN (JANUARY THROUGH MARCH 2016) BY FUNCTIONAL HEARING GROUP
                                                                                                                     [Southall et al., 2007]

                                               Low Frequency Hearing Range ......         Antarctic minke, blue, Bryde’s, common (dwarf) minke, fin, humpback, Sei, and Southern right whale
                                               Mid-Frequency Hearing Range .......        Sperm whale; Cuvier’s, Andrew’s, Arnoux’s, Blainville’s, Gervais’, Gray’s, Hector’s, Shepherd’s, strap-
                                                                                            toothed, and True’s beaked whale; Southern bottlenose whale; bottlenose, rough-toothed, pantropical
                                                                                            spotted, striped, Fraser’s dolphin spinner, Atlantic spotted, Clymene, Risso’s, long-beaked common,
                                                                                            short-beaked common, and Southern right whale dolphin; melon-headed whale; pygmy killer whale; false
                                                                                            killer whale; killer whale, long-finned pilot whale; and short-finned pilot whale
                                               High Frequency Hearing Range .....         Dwarf sperm whale and pygmy sperm whale
                                               Pinnipeds in Water Hearing Range           Southern elephant seal and Subantarctic fur seal



                                               1. Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on                are exposed to chronic stimuli                        Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and
                                               Marine Mammals                                          (Richardson, et al., 1995).                           reported that there were no significant
                                                  The effects of sounds from airgun                       Numerous studies have shown that                   differences in encounter rates (sightings
                                               operations might include one or more of                 pulsed sounds from airguns are often                  per hour) for humpback and sperm
                                               the following: Tolerance, masking of                    readily detectable in the water at                    whales according to the airgun array’s
                                               natural sounds, behavioral disturbance,                 distances of many kilometers. Several                 operational status (i.e., active versus
                                               temporary or permanent impairment, or                   studies have also shown that marine                   silent).
                                               non-auditory physical or physiological                  mammals at distances of more than a                      Bain and Williams (2006) examined
                                               effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon                few kilometers from operating seismic                 the effects of a large airgun array
                                               et al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007;                     vessels often show no apparent                        (maximum total discharge volume of
                                               Southall et al., 2007). The effects of                  response. That is often true even in                  1,100 in3) on six species in shallow
                                               noise on marine mammals are highly                      cases when the pulsed sounds must be                  waters off British Columbia and
                                               variable, often depending on species                    readily audible to the animals based on               Washington: Harbor seal (Phoca
                                               and contextual factors (based on                        measured received levels and the                      vitulina), California sea lion (Zalophus
                                               Richardson et al., 1995).                               hearing sensitivity of the marine                     californianus), Steller sea lion
                                                                                                       mammal group. Although various                        (Eumetopias jubatus), gray whale
                                               Tolerance                                               baleen whales and toothed whales, and                 (Eschrichtius robustus), Dall’s porpoise
                                                 Studies on marine mammals’                            (less frequently) pinnipeds have been                 (Phocoenoides dalli), and harbor
                                               tolerance to sound in the natural                       shown to react behaviorally to airgun                 porpoise (Phocoena phocoena). Harbor
                                               environment are relatively rare.                        pulses under some conditions, at other                porpoises showed reactions at received
                                               Richardson et al. (1995) defined                        times marine mammals of all three types               levels less than 155 dB re: 1 mPa at a
                                               tolerance as the occurrence of marine                   have shown no overt reactions (Stone,                 distance of greater than 70 km (43 mi)
                                               mammals in areas where they are                         2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Moulton                 from the seismic source (Bain and
                                               exposed to human activities or                          et al. 2005, 2006) and (MacLean and                   Williams, 2006). However, the tendency
                                               manmade noise. In many cases,                           Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006).                for greater responsiveness by harbor
                                               tolerance develops by the animal                           Weir (2008) observed marine mammal                 porpoise is consistent with their relative
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               habituating to the stimulus (i.e., the                  responses to seismic pulses from a 24                 responsiveness to boat traffic and some
                                               gradual waning of responses to a                        airgun array firing a total volume of                 other acoustic sources (Richardson, et
                                               repeated or ongoing stimulus)                           either 5,085 in3 or 3,147 in3 in Angolan              al., 1995; Southall, et al., 2007). In
                                               (Richardson, et al., 1995), but because of              waters between August 2004 and May                    contrast, the authors reported that gray
                                               ecological or physiological                             2005. Weir (2008) recorded a total of                 whales seemed to tolerate exposures to
                                               requirements, many marine animals                       207 sightings of humpback whales (n =                 sound up to approximately 170 dB re:
                                               may need to remain in areas where they                  66), sperm whales (n = 124), and                      1 mPa (Bain and Williams, 2006) and


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75362                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               Dall’s porpoises occupied and tolerated                 mammal, and if the anthropogenic                      frequency range of the OAWRS signals
                                               areas receiving exposures of 170–180 dB                 sound is present for a significant                    (a novel sound to the whales) were
                                               re: 1 mPa (Bain and Williams, 2006;                     fraction of the time (Richardson et al.,              similar to those of natural humpback
                                               Parsons, et al., 2009). The authors                     1995).                                                whale song components used during
                                               observed several gray whales that                          Marine mammals are thought to be                   mating (Risch et al., 2012). Thus, the
                                               moved away from the airguns toward                      able to compensate for communication                  novelty of the sound to humpback
                                               deeper water where sound levels were                    masking by adjusting their acoustic                   whales in the study area provided a
                                               higher due to propagation effects                       behavior through shifting call                        compelling contextual probability for
                                               resulting in higher noise exposures                     frequencies, increasing call volume, and              the observed effects (Risch et al., 2012).
                                               (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, it                  increasing vocalization rates. For                    However, the authors did not state or
                                               is unclear whether their movements                      example in one study, blue whales                     imply that these changes had long-term
                                               reflected a response to the sounds (Bain                increased call rates when exposed to                  effects on individual animals or
                                               and Williams, 2006). Thus, the authors                  noise from seismic surveys in the St.                 populations (Risch et al., 2012).
                                               surmised that the lack of gray whale                    Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark,                    Several studies have also reported
                                               responses to higher received sound                      2010). Other studies reported that some               hearing dolphins and porpoises calling
                                               levels were ambiguous at best because                   North Atlantic right whales exposed to                while airguns were operating (e.g.,
                                               one expects the species to be the most                  high shipping noise increased call                    Gordon et al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004;
                                               sensitive to the low-frequency sound                    frequency (Parks et al., 2007) and some               Holst et al., 2005a, b; and Potter et al.,
                                               emanating from the airguns (Bain and                    humpback whales responded to low-                     2007). The sounds important to small
                                               Williams, 2006).                                        frequency active sonar playbacks by                   odontocete communication are
                                                  Pirotta et al. (2014) observed short-                increasing song length (Miller et al.,                predominantly at much higher
                                               term responses of harbor porpoises to a                 2000). Additionally, beluga whales                    frequencies than the dominant
                                               two-dimensional (2–D) seismic survey                    change their vocalizations in the                     components of airgun sounds, thus
                                               in an enclosed bay in northeast Scotland                presence of high background noise                     limiting the potential for masking in
                                               which did not result in broad-scale                     possibly to avoid masking calls (Au et                those species.
                                               displacement. The harbor porpoises that                 al., 1985; Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele                Although some degree of masking is
                                               remained in the enclosed bay area                       et al., 2005).                                        inevitable when high levels of manmade
                                               reduced their buzzing activity by 15                       Studies have shown that some baleen                broadband sounds are present in the
                                               percent during the seismic survey                       and toothed whales continue calling in                sea, marine mammals have evolved
                                               (Pirotta, et al., 2014). Thus, the authors              the presence of seismic pulses, and                   systems and behavior that function to
                                               suggest that animals exposed to                         some researchers have heard these calls               reduce the impacts of masking.
                                               anthropogenic disturbance may make                      between the seismic pulses (e.g.,                     Odontocete conspecifics may readily
                                               trade-offs between perceived risks and                  Richardson et al., 1986; McDonald et al.,             detect structured signals, such as the
                                               the cost of leaving disturbed areas                     1995; Greene et al., 1999; Nieukirk et                echolocation click sequences of small
                                               (Pirotta, et al., 2014).                                al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et             toothed whales even in the presence of
                                                                                                       al., 2005a, 2005b, 2006; and Dunn and                 strong background noise because their
                                               Masking                                                 Hernandez, 2009).                                     frequency content and temporal features
                                                  Marine mammals use acoustic signals                     In contrast, Clark and Gagnon (2006)               usually differ strongly from those of the
                                               for a variety of purposes, which differ                 reported that fin whales in the northeast             background noise (Au and Moore, 1988,
                                               among species, but include                              Pacific Ocean went silent for an                      1990). The components of background
                                               communication between individuals,                      extended period starting soon after the               noise that are similar in frequency to the
                                               navigation, foraging, reproduction,                     onset of a seismic survey in the area.                sound signal in question primarily
                                               avoiding predators, and learning about                  Similarly, NMFS is aware of one report                determine the degree of masking of that
                                               their environment (Erbe and Farmer,                     that observed sperm whales ceasing                    signal.
                                               2000; Tyack, 2000).                                     calls when exposed to pulses from a                      Redundancy and context can also
                                                  The term masking refers to the                       very distant seismic ship (Bowles et al.,             facilitate detection of weak signals.
                                               inability of an animal to recognize the                 1994). However, more recent studies                   These phenomena may help marine
                                               occurrence of an acoustic stimulus                      have found that sperm whales                          mammals detect weak sounds in the
                                               because of interference of another                      continued calling in the presence of                  presence of natural or manmade noise.
                                               acoustic stimulus (Clark et al., 2009).                 seismic pulses (Madsen et al., 2002;                  Most masking studies in marine
                                               Thus, masking is the obscuring of                       Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004;             mammals present the test signal and the
                                               sounds of interest by other sounds, often               Holst et al., 2006; and Jochens et al.,               masking noise from the same direction.
                                               at similar frequencies. It is a                         2008).                                                The sound localization abilities of
                                               phenomenon that affects animals that                       Risch et al. (2012) documented                     marine mammals suggest that, if signal
                                               are trying to receive acoustic                          reductions in humpback whale                          and noise come from different
                                               information about their environment,                    vocalizations in the Stellwagen Bank                  directions, masking would not be as
                                               including sounds from other members                     National Marine Sanctuary concurrent                  severe as the usual types of masking
                                               of their species, predators, prey, and                  with transmissions of the Ocean                       studies might suggest (Richardson et al.,
                                               sounds that allow them to orient in their               Acoustic Waveguide Remote Sensing                     1995). The dominant background noise
                                               environment. Masking these acoustic                     (OAWRS) low-frequency fish sensor                     may be highly directional if it comes
                                               signals can disturb the behavior of                     system at distances of 200 km (124 mi)                from a particular anthropogenic source
                                               individual animals, groups of animals,                  from the source. The recorded OAWRS                   such as a ship or industrial site.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               or entire populations.                                  produced series of frequency modulated                Directional hearing may significantly
                                                  Introduced underwater sound may,                     pulses and the signal received levels                 reduce the masking effects of these
                                               through masking, may more specifically                  ranged from 88 to 110 dB re: 1 mPa                    sounds by improving the effective
                                               reduce the effective communication                      (Risch, et al., 2012). The authors                    signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of
                                               distance of a marine mammal species if                  hypothesized that individuals did not                 higher frequency hearing by the
                                               the frequency of the source is close to                 leave the area but instead ceased singing             bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and
                                               that used as a signal by the marine                     and noted that the duration and                       killer whale, empirical evidence


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                          75363

                                               confirms that masking depends strongly                  many other factors (Richardson et al.,                pulses (e.g., Dunn & Hernandez, 2009
                                               on the relative directions of arrival of                1995; Wartzok et al., 2004; Southall et               for blue whales; Greene Jr. et al., 1999
                                               sound signals and the masking noise                     al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007).                           for bowhead whales; Holst and Beland,
                                               (Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990;                    Types of behavioral reactions can                  2010; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Holst et
                                               Bain et al., 1993; Bain and Dahlheim,                   include the following: changing                       al., 2005; Nieukirk et al., 2004;
                                               1994).                                                  durations of surfacing and dives,                     Richardson, et al., 1986; Smultea et al.,
                                                  Toothed whales and probably other                    number of blows per surfacing, or                     2004).
                                               marine mammals as well, have                            moving direction and/or speed;                           Observers have seen various species
                                               additional capabilities besides                         reduced/increased vocal activities;                   of Balaenoptera (blue, sei, fin, and
                                               directional hearing that can facilitate                 changing/cessation of certain behavioral              minke whales) in areas ensonified by
                                               detection of sounds in the presence of                  activities (such as socializing or                    airgun pulses (Stone, 2003; MacLean
                                               background noise. There is evidence                     feeding); visible startle response or                 and Haley, 2004; Stone and Tasker,
                                               that some toothed whales can shift the                  aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke               2006), and have localized calls from
                                               dominant frequencies of their                           slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of               blue and fin whales in areas with airgun
                                               echolocation signals from a frequency                   areas where noise sources are located;                operations (e.g., McDonald et al., 1995;
                                               range with a lot of ambient noise toward                and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds              Dunn and Hernandez, 2009; Castellote
                                               frequencies with less noise (Au et al.,                 flushing into water from haulouts or                  et al., 2010). Sightings by observers on
                                               1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990;                   rookeries).                                           seismic vessels off the United Kingdom
                                               Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko                           The biological significance of many of             from 1997 to 2000 suggest that, during
                                               and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A               these behavioral disturbances is difficult            times of good visibility, sighting rates
                                               few marine mammal species increase                      to predict, especially if the detected                for mysticetes (mainly fin and sei
                                               the source levels or alter the frequency                disturbances appear minor. However,                   whales) were similar when large arrays
                                               of their calls in the presence of elevated              one could expect the consequences of                  of airguns were shooting versus silent
                                               sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au, 1993;                 behavioral modification to be                         (Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006).
                                               Lesage et al., 1993, 1999; Terhune, 1999;               biologically significant if the change                However, these whales tended to exhibit
                                               Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007,                 affects growth, survival, and/or                      localized avoidance, remaining
                                               2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt et                 reproduction (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder,               significantly further (on average) from
                                               al., 2009).                                             2007; Weilgart, 2007). Examples of                    the airgun array during seismic
                                                  These data demonstrating adaptations                 behavioral modifications that could                   operations compared with non-seismic
                                               for reduced masking pertain mainly to                   impact growth, survival, or                           periods (Stone and Tasker, 2006).
                                               the very high frequency echolocation                    reproduction include:                                    Ship-based monitoring studies of
                                               signals of toothed whales. There is less                   • Drastic changes in diving/surfacing              baleen whales (including blue, fin, sei,
                                               information about the existence of                      patterns (such as those associated with               minke, and whales) in the northwest
                                               corresponding mechanisms at moderate                    beaked whale stranding related to                     Atlantic found that overall, this group
                                               or low frequencies or in other types of                 exposure to military mid-frequency                    had lower sighting rates during seismic
                                               marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva                   tactical sonar);                                      versus non-seismic periods (Moulton
                                               et al. (1980) found that, for the                          • Permanent habitat abandonment                    and Holst, 2010). The authors observed
                                               bottlenose dolphin, the angular                         due to loss of desirable acoustic                     that baleen whales as a group were
                                               separation between a sound source and                   environment; and                                      significantly farther from the vessel
                                               a masking noise source had little effect                   • Disruption of feeding or social                  during seismic compared with non-
                                               on the degree of masking when the                       interaction resulting in significant                  seismic periods. Moreover, the authors
                                               sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast                 energetic costs, inhibited breeding, or               observed that the whales swam away
                                               to the pronounced effect at higher                      cow-calf separation.                                  more often from the operating seismic
                                               frequencies. Studies have noted                            The onset of behavioral disturbance                vessel (Moulton and Holst, 2010). Initial
                                               directional hearing at frequencies as low               from anthropogenic noise depends on                   sightings of blue and minke whales
                                               as 0.5–2 kHz in several marine                          both external factors (characteristics of             were significantly farther from the
                                               mammals, including killer whales                        noise sources and their paths) and the                vessel during seismic operations
                                               (Richardson et al., 1995a). This ability                receiving animals (hearing, motivation,               compared to non-seismic periods and
                                               may be useful in reducing masking at                    experience, demography) and is also                   the authors observed the same trend for
                                               these frequencies. In summary, high                     difficult to predict (Richardson et al.,              fin whales (Moulton and Holst, 2010).
                                               levels of sound generated by                            1995; Southall et al., 2007).                         Also, the authors observed that minke
                                               anthropogenic activities may act to                                                                           whales most often swam away from the
                                                                                                       Baleen Whales
                                               mask the detection of weaker                                                                                  vessel when seismic operations were
                                               biologically important sounds by some                     Studies have shown that underwater                  underway (Moulton and Holst, 2010).
                                               marine mammals. This masking may be                     sounds from seismic activities are often
                                                                                                       readily detectable by baleen whales in                Blue Whales
                                               more prominent for lower frequencies.
                                               For higher frequencies, such as that                    the water at distances of many                          McDonald et al. (1995) tracked blue
                                               used in echolocation by toothed whales,                 kilometers (Castellote et al., 2012 for fin           whales relative to a seismic survey with
                                               several mechanisms are available that                   whales). Many studies have also shown                 a 1,600 in3 airgun array. One whale
                                               may allow them to reduce the effects of                 that marine mammals at distances more                 started its call sequence within 15 km
                                               such masking.                                           than a few kilometers away often show                 (9.3 mi) from the source, then followed
                                                                                                       no apparent response when exposed to                  a pursuit track that decreased its
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               Behavioral Disturbance                                  seismic activities (e.g., Madsen & Mohl,              distance to the vessel where it stopped
                                                 Marine mammals may behaviorally                       2000 for sperm whales; Malme et al.,                  calling at a range of 10 km (6.2 mi)
                                               react to sound when exposed to                          1983, 1984 for gray whales; and                       (estimated received level at 143 dB re:
                                               anthropogenic noise. Reactions to                       Richardson et al., 1986 for bowhead                   1 mPa (peak-to-peak)). After that point,
                                               sound, if any, depend on species, state                 whales). Other studies have shown that                the ship increased its distance from the
                                               of maturity, experience, current activity,              marine mammals continue important                     whale which continued a new call
                                               reproductive state, time of day, and                    behaviors in the presence of seismic                  sequence after approximately one hour


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75364                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               and 10 km (6.2 mi) from the ship. The                   al. (1986, 1988) studied the responses of             to 4.9 mi) from the array, and that those
                                               authors reported that the whale had                     feeding eastern Pacific gray whales to                reactions kept most pods approximately
                                               taken a track paralleling the ship during               pulses from a single 100-in3 airgun off               three to four km (1.9 to 2.5 mi) from the
                                               the cessation phase but observed the                    St. Lawrence Island in the northern                   operating seismic boat. In the 2000
                                               whale moving diagonally away from the                   Bering Sea. They estimated, based on                  study, McCauley et al. noted localized
                                               ship after approximately 30 minutes                     small sample sizes, that 50 percent of                displacement during migration of four
                                               continuing to vocalize. Because the                     feeding gray whales stopped feeding at                to five km (2.5 to 3.1 mi) by traveling
                                               whale may have approached the ship                      an average received pressure level of                 pods and seven to 12 km (4.3 to 7.5 mi)
                                               intentionally or perhaps was unaffected                 173 dB re: 1 mPa on an (approximate)                  by more sensitive resting pods of cow-
                                               by the airguns, the authors concluded                   root mean square basis, and that 10                   calf pairs. Avoidance distances with
                                               that there was insufficient data to infer               percent of feeding whales interrupted                 respect to the single airgun were smaller
                                               conclusions from their study related to                 feeding at received levels of 163 dB re:              but consistent with the results from the
                                               blue whale responses (McDonald, et al.,                 1 mPa. Those findings were generally                  full array in terms of the received sound
                                               1995).                                                  consistent with the results of                        levels. The mean received level for
                                                  Dunn and Hernandez (2009) tracked                    experiments conducted on larger                       initial avoidance of an approaching
                                               blue whales in the eastern tropical                     numbers of gray whales that were                      airgun was 140 dB re: 1 mPa for
                                               Pacific Ocean near the northern East                    migrating along the California coast                  humpback pods containing females, and
                                               Pacific Rise using 25 ocean-bottom-                     (Malme et al., 1984; Malme and Miles,                 at the mean closest point of approach
                                               mounted hydrophones and ocean                           1985), and western Pacific gray whales                distance, the received level was 143 dB
                                               bottom seismometers during the                          feeding off Sakhalin Island, Russia                   re: 1 mPa. The initial avoidance response
                                               conduct of an academic seismic survey                   (Wursig et al., 1999; Gailey et al., 2007;            generally occurred at distances of five to
                                               by the R/V Maurice Ewing in 1997.                       Johnson et al., 2007; Yazvenko et al.,                eight km (3.1 to 4.9 mi) from the airgun
                                               During the airgun operations, the                       2007a, 2007b), along with data on gray                array and 2 km (1.2 mi) from the single
                                               authors recorded the airgun pulses                      whales off British Columbia (Bain and                 airgun. However, some individual
                                               across the entire seismic array which                   Williams, 2006).                                      humpback whales, especially males,
                                               they determined were detectable by                        Data on short-term reactions by                     approached within distances of 100 to
                                               eight whales that had entered into the                  cetaceans to impulsive noises are not                 400 m (328 to 1,312 ft), where the
                                               area during a period of airgun activity                 necessarily indicative of long-term or                maximum received level was 179 dB re:
                                               (Dunn and Hernandez, 2009). The                         biologically significant effects. It is not           1 mPa.
                                               authors were able to track each whale                   known whether impulsive sounds affect                    Data collected by observers during
                                               call-by-call using the B components of                  reproductive rate or distribution and                 several of Lamont-Doherty’s seismic
                                               the calls and examine the whales’                       habitat use in subsequent days or years.              surveys in the northwest Atlantic Ocean
                                               locations and call characteristics with                 However, gray whales have continued to                showed that sighting rates of humpback
                                               respect to the periods of airgun activity.              migrate annually along the west coast of              whales were significantly greater during
                                               The authors tracked the blue whales                     North America with substantial                        non-seismic periods compared with
                                               from 28 to 100 km (17 to 62 mi) away                    increases in the population over recent               periods when a full array was operating
                                               from active air-gun operations, but did                 years, despite intermittent seismic                   (Moulton and Holst, 2010). In addition,
                                               not observe changes in call rates and                   exploration (and much ship traffic) in                humpback whales were more likely to
                                               found no evidence of anomalous                          that area for decades (Appendix A in                  swim away and less likely to swim
                                               behavior that they could directly                       Malme et al., 1984; Richardson et al.,                towards a vessel during seismic versus
                                               ascribed to the use of the airguns (Dunn                1995; Allen and Angliss, 2014). The                   non-seismic periods (Moulton and
                                               and Hernandez, 2009; Wilcock et al.,                    western Pacific gray whale population                 Holst, 2010).
                                               2014). Further, the authors state that                  did not appear affected by a seismic                     Humpback whales on their summer
                                               while the data do not permit a thorough                 survey in its feeding ground during a                 feeding grounds in southeast Alaska did
                                               investigation of behavioral responses,                  previous year (Johnson et al., 2007).                 not exhibit persistent avoidance when
                                               they observed no correlation in                         Similarly, bowhead whales (Balaena                    exposed to seismic pulses from a 1.64–
                                               vocalization or movement with the                       mysticetus) have continued to travel to               L (100-in3) airgun (Malme et al., 1985).
                                               concurrent airgun activity and estimated                the eastern Beaufort Sea each summer,                 Some humpbacks seemed ‘‘startled’’ at
                                               that the sound levels produced by the                   and their numbers have increased                      received levels of 150 to 169 dB re: 1
                                               Ewing’s airguns were approximately less                 notably, despite seismic exploration in               mPa. Malme et al. (1985) concluded that
                                               than 145 dB re: 1 mPa (Dunn and                         their summer and autumn range for                     there was no clear evidence of
                                               Hernandez, 2009).                                       many years (Richardson et al., 1987;                  avoidance, despite the possibility of
                                                                                                       Allen and Angliss, 2014). The history of              subtle effects, at received levels up to
                                               Fin Whales                                              coexistence between seismic surveys                   172 re: 1 mPa. However, Moulton and
                                                  Castellote et al. (2010) observed                    and baleen whales suggests that brief                 Holst (2010) reported that humpback
                                               localized avoidance by fin whales                       exposures to sound pulses from any                    whales monitored during seismic
                                               during seismic airgun events in the                     single seismic survey are unlikely to                 surveys in the northwest Atlantic had
                                               western Mediterranean Sea and adjacent                  result in prolonged effects.                          lower sighting rates and were most often
                                               Atlantic waters from 2006–2009 and                                                                            seen swimming away from the vessel
                                                                                                       Humpback Whales                                       during seismic periods compared with
                                               reported that singing fin whales moved
                                               away from an operating airgun array for                   McCauley et al. (1998, 2000) studied                periods when airguns were silent.
                                               a time period that extended beyond the                  the responses of humpback whales off                     Other studies have suggested that
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               duration of the airgun activity.                        western Australia to a full-scale seismic             south Atlantic humpback whales
                                                                                                       survey with a 16-airgun array (2,678-in3)             wintering off Brazil may be displaced or
                                               Gray Whales                                             and to a single, 20-in3 airgun with                   even strand upon exposure to seismic
                                                 A few studies have documented                         source level of 227 dB re: 1 mPa (peak-               surveys (Engel et al., 2004). However,
                                               reactions of migrating and feeding (but                 to-peak). In the 1998 study, the                      the evidence for this was circumstantial
                                               not wintering) gray whales (Eschrichtius                researchers documented that avoidance                 and subject to alternative explanations
                                               robustus) to seismic surveys. Malme et                  reactions began at five to eight km (3.1              (IAGC, 2004). Also, the evidence was


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                            75365

                                               not consistent with subsequent results                  duration to those typically used in                   to beaked whale behavior to the effects
                                               from the same area of Brazil (Parente et                seismic surveys (Finneran et al., 2000,               of airgun operations (Moulton and
                                               al., 2006), or with direct studies of                   2002, 2005). However, the animals                     Holst, 2010).
                                               humpbacks exposed to seismic surveys                    tolerated high received levels of sound                  Similarly, other studies have observed
                                               in other areas and seasons. After                       (pk–pk level > 200 dB re 1 mPa) before                northern bottlenose whales remain in
                                               allowance for data from subsequent                      exhibiting aversive behaviors.                        the general area of active seismic
                                               years, there was ‘‘no observable direct                                                                       operations while continuing to produce
                                                                                                       Killer Whales                                         high-frequency clicks when exposed to
                                               correlation’’ between strandings and
                                               seismic surveys (IWC, 2007: 236).                         Observers stationed on seismic                      sound pulses from distant seismic
                                                                                                       vessels operating off the United                      surveys (Gosselin and Lawson, 2004;
                                               Toothed Whales                                          Kingdom from 1997–2000 have                           Laurinolli and Cochrane, 2005; Simard
                                                  Few systematic data are available                    provided data on the occurrence and                   et al., 2005).
                                               describing reactions of toothed whales                  behavior of various toothed whales
                                               to noise pulses. However, systematic                    exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 2003;               Pinnipeds
                                               work on sperm whales is underway                        Gordon et al., 2004). The studies note                   Pinnipeds are not likely to show a
                                               (e.g., Gordon et al., 2006; Madsen et al.,              that killer whales were significantly                 strong avoidance reaction to the airgun
                                               2006; Winsor and Mate, 2006; Jochens et                 farther from large airgun arrays during               sources proposed for use. Visual
                                               al., 2008; Miller et al., 2009) and there               periods of active airgun operations                   monitoring from seismic vessels has
                                               is an increasing amount of information                  compared with periods of silence. The                 shown only slight (if any) avoidance of
                                               about responses of various odontocetes                  displacement of the median distance                   airguns by pinnipeds and only slight (if
                                               to seismic surveys based on monitoring                  from the array was approximately 0.5                  any) changes in behavior. Monitoring
                                               studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; Smultea et al.,             km (0.3 mi) or more. Killer whales also               work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during
                                               2004; Moulton and Miller, 2005; Bain                    appear to be more tolerant of seismic                 1996–2001 provided considerable
                                               and Williams, 2006; Holst et al., 2006;                 shooting in deeper water (Stone, 2003;                information regarding the behavior of
                                               Stone and Tasker, 2006; Potter et al.,                  Gordon et al., 2004).                                 Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic
                                               2007; Hauser et al., 2008; Holst and                                                                          pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and
                                               Smultea, 2008; Weir, 2008; Barkaszi et                  Sperm Whales                                          Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects
                                               al., 2009; Richardson et al., 2009;                       Most studies of sperm whales exposed                usually involved arrays of 6 to 16
                                               Moulton and Holst, 2010). Reactions of                  to airgun sounds indicate that the whale              airguns with total volumes of 560 to
                                               toothed whales to large arrays of airguns               shows considerable tolerance of airgun                1,500 in3. The combined results suggest
                                               are variable and, at least for delphinids,              pulses (e.g., Stone, 2003; Moulton et al.,            that some seals avoid the immediate
                                               seem to be confined to a smaller radius                 2005, 2006a; Stone and Tasker, 2006;                  area around seismic vessels. In most
                                               than has been observed for mysticetes.                  Weir, 2008). In most cases the whales do              survey years, ringed seal (Phoca
                                                                                                       not show strong avoidance, and they                   hispida) sightings tended to be farther
                                               Delphinids                                                                                                    away from the seismic vessel when the
                                                                                                       continue to call. However, controlled
                                                  Seismic operators and protected                      exposure experiments in the Gulf of                   airguns were operating than when they
                                               species observers (observers) on seismic                Mexico indicate alteration of foraging                were not (Moulton and Lawson, 2002).
                                               vessels regularly see dolphins and other                behavior upon exposure to airgun                      However, these avoidance movements
                                               small toothed whales near operating                     sounds (Jochens et al., 2008; Miller et               were relatively small, on the order of
                                               airgun arrays, but in general there is a                al., 2009; Tyack, 2009).                              100 m (328 ft) to a few hundred meters,
                                               tendency for most delphinids to show                                                                          and many seals remained within 100–
                                               some avoidance of operating seismic                     Beaked Whales                                         200 m (328–656 ft) of the trackline as
                                               vessels (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c;                          There are almost no specific data on                the operating airgun array passed by the
                                               Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone,                    the behavioral reactions of beaked                    animals. Seal sighting rates at the water
                                               2003; Moulton and Miller, 2005; Holst                   whales to seismic surveys. Most beaked                surface were lower during airgun array
                                               et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006;                   whales tend to avoid approaching                      operations than during no-airgun
                                               Weir, 2008; Richardson et al., 2009;                    vessels of other types (e.g., Wursig et al.,          periods in each survey year except 1997.
                                               Barkaszi et al., 2009; Moulton and                      1998). They may also dive for an                      Similarly, seals are often very tolerant of
                                               Holst, 2010). Some dolphins seem to be                  extended period when approached by a                  pulsed sounds from seal-scaring devices
                                               attracted to the seismic vessel and                     vessel (e.g., Kasuya, 1986), although it is           (Mate and Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and
                                               floats, and some ride the bow wave of                   uncertain how much longer such dives                  Curry, 1994; Richardson et al., 1995).
                                               the seismic vessel even when large                      may be as compared to dives by                        However, initial telemetry work
                                               arrays of airguns are firing (e.g.,                     undisturbed beaked whales, which also                 suggests that avoidance and other
                                               Moulton and Miller, 2005). Nonetheless,                 are often quite long (Baird et al., 2006;             behavioral reactions by two other
                                               there have been indications that small                  Tyack et al., 2006).                                  species of seals to small airgun sources
                                               toothed whales sometimes move away                        Based on a single observation,                      may at times be stronger than evident to
                                               or maintain a somewhat greater distance                 Aguilar-Soto et al. (2006) suggested a                date from visual studies of pinniped
                                               from the vessel when a large array of                   reduction in foraging efficiency of                   reactions to airguns (Thompson et al.,
                                               airguns is operating than when it is                    Cuvier’s beaked whales during a close                 1998).
                                               silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Stone and               approach by a vessel. In contrast,
                                               Tasker, 2006; Weir, 2008, Barry et al.,                 Moulton and Holst (2010) reported 15                  Hearing Impairment
                                               2010; Moulton and Holst, 2010). In most                 sightings of beaked whales during                        Exposure to high intensity sound for
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               cases, the avoidance radii for delphinids               seismic studies in the northwest                      a sufficient duration may result in
                                               appear to be small, on the order of one                 Atlantic and the authors observed seven               auditory effects such as a noise-induced
                                               km or less, and some individuals show                   of those sightings during times when at               threshold shift—an increase in the
                                               no apparent avoidance.                                  least one airgun was operating. Because               auditory threshold after exposure to
                                                  Captive bottlenose dolphins exhibited                sighting rates and distances were similar             noise (Finneran et al., 2005). Factors
                                               changes in behavior when exposed to                     during seismic and non-seismic periods,               that influence the amount of threshold
                                               strong pulsed sounds similar in                         the authors could not correlate changes               shift include the amplitude, duration,


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75366                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               frequency content, temporal pattern,                    may cause more impairment than a                      200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re: 1 mPa, which
                                               and energy distribution of noise                        series of several intermittent softer                 corresponds to a sound exposure level
                                               exposure. The magnitude of hearing                      sounds with the same total energy                     of 164.5 dB re: 1 mPa2 s after integrating
                                               threshold shift normally decreases over                 (Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS                exposure. NMFS currently uses the root-
                                               time following cessation of the noise                   is temporary, prolonged exposure to                   mean-square (rms) of received SPL at
                                               exposure. The amount of threshold shift                 sounds strong enough to elicit TTS, or                180 dB and 190 dB re: 1 mPa as the
                                               just after exposure is the initial                      shorter-term exposure to sound levels                 threshold above which permanent
                                               threshold shift. If the threshold shift                 well above the TTS threshold, can cause               threshold shift (PTS) could occur for
                                               eventually returns to zero (i.e., the                   PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals                  cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively.
                                               threshold returns to the pre-exposure                   (Kryter, 1985).                                       Because the airgun noise is a broadband
                                               value), it is a temporary threshold shift                  PTS is considered an auditory injury               impulse, one cannot directly determine
                                               (Southall et al., 2007).                                (Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable                  the equivalent of rms SPL from the
                                                                                                       damage to the inner or outer cochlear                 reported peak-to-peak SPLs. However,
                                               Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of                  hair cells may cause PTS; however,                    applying a conservative conversion
                                               Hearing)                                                other mechanisms are also involved,                   factor of 16 dB for broadband signals
                                                  When animals exhibit reduced                         such as exceeding the elastic limits of               from seismic surveys (McCauley, et al.,
                                               hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be               certain tissues and membranes in the                  2000) to correct for the difference
                                               louder for an animal to detect them)                    middle and inner ears and resultant                   between peak-to-peak levels reported in
                                               following exposure to an intense sound                  changes in the chemical composition of                Lucke et al. (2009) and rms SPLs, the
                                               or sound for long duration, it is referred              the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,                rms SPL for TTS would be
                                               to as a noise-induced threshold shift                   2007).                                                approximately 184 dB re: 1 mPa, and the
                                               (TS). An animal can experience                             Although the published body of                     received levels associated with PTS
                                               temporary threshold shift (TTS) or                      scientific literature contains numerous               (Level A harassment) would be higher.
                                               permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS                    theoretical studies and discussion                    This is still above NMFS’ current 180
                                               can last from minutes or hours to days                  papers on hearing impairments that can                dB rms re: 1 mPa threshold for injury.
                                               (i.e., there is complete recovery), can                 occur with exposure to a loud sound,                  However, NMFS recognizes that TTS of
                                               occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e.,               only a few studies provide empirical                  harbor porpoises is lower than other
                                               an animal might only have a temporary                   information on the levels at which                    cetacean species empirically tested
                                               loss of hearing sensitivity between the                 noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity             (Finneran & Schlundt, 2010; Finneran et
                                               frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can                   occurs in non-human animals.                          al., 2002; Kastelein and Jennings, 2012).
                                               be of varying amounts (for example, an                     Recent studies by Kujawa and                          A recent study on bottlenose dolphins
                                               animal’s hearing sensitivity might be                   Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011)                 (Schlundt, et al., 2013) measured
                                               reduced initially by only 6 dB or                       found that despite completely reversible              hearing thresholds at multiple
                                               reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent,                    threshold shifts that leave cochlear                  frequencies to determine the amount of
                                               but some recovery is possible. PTS can                  sensory cells intact, large threshold                 TTS induced before and after exposure
                                               also occur in a specific frequency range                shifts could cause synaptic level                     to a sequence of impulses produced by
                                               and amount as mentioned above for                       changes and delayed cochlear nerve                    a seismic airgun. The airgun volume
                                               TTS.                                                    degeneration in mice and guinea pigs,                 and operating pressure varied from 40–
                                                  The following physiological                          respectively. NMFS notes that the high                150 in3 and 1000–2000 psi, respectively.
                                               mechanisms are thought to play a role                   level of TTS that led to the synaptic                 After three years and 180 sessions, the
                                               in inducing auditory TS: Effects to                     changes shown in these studies is in the              authors observed no significant TTS at
                                               sensory hair cells in the inner ear that                range of the high degree of TTS that                  any test frequency, for any combinations
                                               reduce their sensitivity, modification of               Southall et al. (2007) used to calculate              of airgun volume, pressure, or proximity
                                               the chemical environment within the                     PTS levels. It is unknown whether                     to the dolphin during behavioral tests
                                               sensory cells, residual muscular activity               smaller levels of TTS would lead to                   (Schlundt, et al., 2013). Schlundt et al.
                                               in the middle ear, displacement of                      similar changes. NMFS, however,                       (2013) suggest that the potential for
                                               certain inner ear membranes, increased                  acknowledges the complexity of noise                  airguns to cause hearing loss in
                                               blood flow, and post-stimulatory                        exposure on the nervous system, and                   dolphins is lower than previously
                                               reduction in both efferent and sensory                  will re-examine this issue as more data               predicted, perhaps as a result of the
                                               neural output (Southall et al., 2007).                  become available.                                     low-frequency content of airgun
                                               The amplitude, duration, frequency,                        For marine mammals, published data                 impulses compared to the high-
                                               temporal pattern, and energy                            are limited to the captive bottlenose                 frequency hearing ability of dolphins.
                                               distribution of sound exposure all can                  dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and                    Marine mammal hearing plays a
                                               affect the amount of associated TS and                  Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et                 critical role in communication with
                                               the frequency range in which it occurs.                 al., 2000, 2002b, 2003, 2005a, 2007,                  conspecifics, and interpretation of
                                               As amplitude and duration of sound                      2010a, 2010b; Finneran and Schlundt,                  environmental cues for purposes such
                                               exposure increase, so, generally, does                  2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al.,              as predator avoidance and prey capture.
                                               the amount of TS, along with the                        2009a, 2009b; Popov et al., 2011a,                    Depending on the degree (elevation of
                                               recovery time. For intermittent sounds,                 2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt              threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
                                               less TS could occur than compared to a                  et al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003,                time), and frequency range of TTS, and
                                               continuous exposure with the same                       2004). For pinnipeds in water, data are               the context in which it is experienced,
                                               energy (some recovery could occur                       limited to measurements of TTS in                     TTS can have effects on marine
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               between intermittent exposures                          harbor seals, an elephant seal, and                   mammals ranging from discountable to
                                               depending on the duty cycle between                     California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999,            serious (similar to those discussed in
                                               sounds) (Kryter et al., 1966; Ward,                     2005; Kastelein et al., 2012b).                       auditory masking, below). For example,
                                               1997). For example, one short but loud                     Lucke et al. (2009) found a threshold              a marine mammal may be able to readily
                                               (higher SPL) sound exposure may                         shift (TS) of a harbor porpoise after                 compensate for a brief, relatively small
                                               induce the same impairment as one                       exposing it to airgun noise with a                    amount of TTS in a non-critical
                                               longer but softer sound, which in turn                  received sound pressure level (SPL) at                frequency range that occurs during a


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                            75367

                                               time where ambient noise is lower and                   behavioral avoidance of the potential                 pathological or pathological state called
                                               there are not as many competing sounds                  stressor or avoidance of continued                    ‘‘distress’’ (sensu Seyle, 1950) or
                                               present. Alternatively, a larger amount                 exposure to a stressor. An animal’s                   ‘‘allostatic loading’’ (sensu McEwen and
                                               and longer duration of TTS sustained                    second line of defense to stressors                   Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
                                               during time when communication is                       involves the sympathetic part of the                  will last until the animal replenishes its
                                               critical for successful mother/calf                     autonomic nervous system and the                      biotic reserves sufficient to restore
                                               interactions could have more serious                    classic ‘‘fight or flight’’ response, which           normal function. Note that these
                                               impacts. Also, depending on the degree                  includes the cardiovascular system, the               examples involved a long-term (days or
                                               and frequency range, the effects of PTS                 gastrointestinal system, the exocrine                 weeks) stress response exposure to
                                               on an animal could range in severity,                   glands, and the adrenal medulla to                    stimuli.
                                               although it is considered generally more                produce changes in heart rate, blood                     Relationships between these
                                               serious because it is a permanent                       pressure, and gastrointestinal activity               physiological mechanisms, animal
                                               condition. Of note, reduced hearing                     that humans commonly associate with                   behavior, and the costs of stress
                                               sensitivity as a simple function of aging               stress. These responses have a relatively             responses have also been documented
                                               has been observed in marine mammals,                    short duration and may or may not have                fairly well through controlled
                                               as well as humans and other taxa                        significant long-term effects on an                   experiment; because this physiology
                                               (Southall et al., 2007), so one can infer               animal’s welfare.                                     exists in every vertebrate that has been
                                               that strategies exist for coping with this                 An animal’s third line of defense to               studied, it is not surprising that stress
                                               condition to some degree, though likely                 stressors involves its neuroendocrine or              responses and their costs have been
                                               not without cost.                                       sympathetic nervous systems; the                      documented in both laboratory and free-
                                                  Given the higher level of sound                      system that has received the most study               living animals (for examples see,
                                               necessary to cause PTS as compared                      has been the hypothalamus-pituitary-                  Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
                                               with TTS, it is considerably less likely                adrenal system (also known as the HPA                 Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
                                               that PTS would occur during the                         axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-                  2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
                                               proposed seismic survey. Cetaceans                      pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and                 et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
                                               generally avoid the immediate area                      some reptiles). Unlike stress responses               2000). Although no information has
                                               around operating seismic vessels, as do                 associated with the autonomic nervous                 been collected on the physiological
                                               some other marine mammals. Some                         system, the pituitary hormones regulate               responses of marine mammals to
                                               pinnipeds show avoidance reactions to                   virtually all neuroendocrine functions                anthropogenic sound exposure, studies
                                               airguns, but their avoidance reactions                  affected by stress—including immune                   of other marine animals and terrestrial
                                               are generally not as strong or consistent               competence, reproduction, metabolism,                 animals would lead us to expect some
                                               compared to cetacean reactions.                         and behavior. Stress-induced changes in               marine mammals to experience
                                                                                                       the secretion of pituitary hormones have              physiological stress responses and,
                                               Non-Auditory Physical Effects
                                                                                                       been implicated in failed reproduction                perhaps, physiological responses that
                                                  Non-auditory physical effects might                  (Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995), altered                 would be classified as ‘‘distress’’ upon
                                               occur in marine mammals exposed to                      metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),                    exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
                                               strong underwater pulsed sound.                         reduced immune competence (Blecha,                       For example, Jansen (1998) reported
                                               Possible types of non-auditory                          2000), and behavioral disturbance.                    on the relationship between acoustic
                                               physiological effects or injuries that                  Increases in the circulation of                       exposures and physiological responses
                                               theoretically might occur in mammals                    glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,                       that are indicative of stress responses in
                                               close to a strong sound source include                  corticosterone, and aldosterone in                    humans (e.g., elevated respiration and
                                               stress, neurological effects, bubble                    marine mammals; see Romano et al.,                    increased heart rates). Jones (1998)
                                               formation, and other types of organ or                  2004) have been equated with stress for               reported on reductions in human
                                               tissue damage. Some marine mammal                       many years.                                           performance when faced with acute,
                                               species (i.e., beaked whales) may be                       The primary distinction between                    repetitive exposures to acoustic
                                               especially susceptible to injury and/or                 stress (which is adaptive and does not                disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)
                                               stranding when exposed to strong                        normally place an animal at risk) and                 reported on the physiological stress
                                               pulsed sounds.                                          distress is the biotic cost of the                    responses of osprey to low-level aircraft
                                                  Classic stress responses begin when                  response. During a stress response, an                noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
                                               an animal’s central nervous system                      animal uses glycogen stores that the                  reported on the auditory and physiology
                                               perceives a potential threat to its                     body quickly replenishes after                        stress responses of endangered Sonoran
                                               homeostasis. That perception triggers                   alleviation of the stressor. In such                  pronghorn to military overflights. Smith
                                               stress responses regardless of whether a                circumstances, the cost of the stress                 et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noise-
                                               stimulus actually threatens the animal;                 response would not pose a risk to the                 induced physiological transient stress
                                               the mere perception of a threat is                      animal’s welfare. However, when an                    responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,
                                               sufficient to trigger a stress response                 animal does not have sufficient energy                goldfish) that accompanied short- and
                                               (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;                   reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of            long-term hearing losses. Welch and
                                               Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central                  a stress response, it diverts energy                  Welch (1970) reported physiological
                                               nervous system perceives a threat, it                   resources from other biotic functions,                and behavioral stress responses that
                                               mounts a biological response or defense                 which impair those functions that                     accompanied damage to the inner ears
                                               that consists of a combination of the                   experience the diversion. For example,                of fish and several mammals.
                                               four general biological defense                         when mounting a stress response diverts                  Hearing is one of the primary senses
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               responses: Behavioral responses;                        energy away from growth in young                      marine mammals use to gather
                                               autonomic nervous system responses;                     animals, those animals may experience                 information about their environment
                                               neuroendocrine responses; or immune                     stunted growth. When mounting a stress                and communicate with conspecifics.
                                               responses.                                              response diverts energy from a fetus, an              Although empirical information on the
                                                  In the case of many stressors, an                    animal’s reproductive success and                     relationship between sensory
                                               animal’s first and most economical (in                  fitness will suffer. In these cases, the              impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic
                                               terms of biotic costs) response is                      animals will have entered a pre-                      masking) on marine mammals remains


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75368                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               limited, we assume that reducing a                      returning to sea, the event is a                      eight (in water greater than 1,000 m
                                               marine mammal’s ability to gather                       ‘‘stranding’’ (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin            deep) or four (less than 1,000 m deep)
                                               information about its environment and                   and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and                          successive fan-shaped transmissions
                                               communicate with other members of its                   Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The                     (segments) at different cross-track
                                               species would induce stress, based on                   legal definition for a stranding under the            angles. Any given mammal at depth
                                               data that terrestrial animals exhibit                   MMPA is that ‘‘(A) a marine mammal is                 near the trackline would be in the main
                                               those responses under similar                           dead and is (i) on a beach or shore of                beam for only one or two of the
                                               conditions (NRC, 2003) and because                      the United States; or (ii) in waters under            segments. Also, marine mammals that
                                               marine mammals use hearing as their                     the jurisdiction of the United States                 encounter the Kongsberg EM 122 are
                                               primary sensory mechanism. Therefore,                   (including any navigable waters); or (B)              unlikely to be subjected to repeated
                                               NMFS assumes that acoustic exposures                    a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on                pulses because of the narrow fore–aft
                                               sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS                  a beach or shore of the United States                 width of the beam and will receive only
                                               would be accompanied by physiological                   and is unable to return to the water; (ii)            limited amounts of pulse energy
                                               stress responses. More importantly,                     on a beach or shore of the United States              because of the short pulses. Animals
                                               marine mammals might experience                         and, although able to return to the                   close to the vessel (where the beam is
                                               stress responses at received levels lower               water, is in need of apparent medical                 narrowest) are especially unlikely to be
                                               than those necessary to trigger onset                   attention; or (iii) in the waters under the           ensonified for more than one 2- to 15-
                                               TTS. Based on empirical studies of the                  jurisdiction of the United States                     ms pulse (or two pulses if in the overlap
                                               time required to recover from stress                    (including any navigable waters), but is              area). Similarly, Kremser et al. (2005)
                                               responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also                     unable to return to its natural habitat               noted that the probability of a cetacean
                                               assumes that stress responses could                     under its own power or without                        swimming through the area of exposure
                                               persist beyond the time interval                        assistance.’’                                         when an echosounder emits a pulse is
                                               required for animals to recover from                       Marine mammals strand for a variety                small. The animal would have to pass
                                               TTS and might result in pathological                    of reasons, such as infectious agents,                the transducer at close range and be
                                               and pre-pathological states that would                  biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery                     swimming at speeds similar to the
                                               be as significant as behavioral responses               interaction, ship strike, unusual                     vessel in order to receive the multiple
                                               to TTS.                                                 oceanographic or weather events, sound                pulses that might result in sufficient
                                                  Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and                 exposure, or combinations of these                    exposure to cause temporary threshold
                                               direct noise-induced bubble formations                  stressors sustained concurrently or in                shift.
                                               (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in                  series. However, the cause or causes of
                                               the case of exposure to an impulsive                    most strandings are unknown (Geraci et                   NMFS has considered the potential
                                               broadband source like an airgun array.                  al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980;           for behavioral responses such as
                                               If seismic surveys disrupt diving                       Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest                 stranding and indirect injury or
                                               patterns of deep-diving species, this                   that the physiology, behavior, habitat                mortality from Lamont-Doherty’s use of
                                               might result in bubble formation and a                  relationships, age, or condition of                   the multibeam echosounder. In 2013, an
                                               form of the bends, as speculated to                     cetaceans may cause them to strand or                 International Scientific Review Panel
                                               occur in beaked whales exposed to                       might pre-dispose them to strand when                 (ISRP) investigated a 2008 mass
                                               sonar. However, there is no specific                    exposed to another phenomenon. These                  stranding of approximately 100 melon-
                                               evidence of this upon exposure to                       suggestions are consistent with the                   headed whales in a Madagascar lagoon
                                               airgun pulses.                                          conclusions of numerous other studies                 system (Southall et al., 2013) associated
                                                  In general, there are few data about                 that have demonstrated that                           with the use of a high-frequency
                                               the potential for strong, anthropogenic                 combinations of dissimilar stressors                  mapping system. The report indicated
                                               underwater sounds to cause non-                         commonly combine to kill an animal or                 that the use of a 12-kHz multibeam
                                               auditory physical effects in marine                     dramatically reduce its fitness, even                 echosounder was the most plausible and
                                               mammals. Such effects, if they occur at                 though one exposure without the other                 likely initial behavioral trigger of the
                                               all, would presumably be limited to                     does not produce the same result                      mass stranding event. This was the first
                                               short distances and to activities that                  (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries                time that a relatively high-frequency
                                               extend over a prolonged period. The                     et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley            mapping sonar system had been
                                               available data do not allow                             et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea,                   associated with a stranding event.
                                               identification of a specific exposure                   2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al.,               However, the report also notes that there
                                               level above which non-auditory effects                  2004).                                                were several site- and situation-specific
                                               can be expected (Southall et al., 2007)                                                                       secondary factors that may have
                                                                                                       2. Potential Effects of Other Acoustic                contributed to the avoidance responses
                                               or any meaningful quantitative
                                                                                                       Devices                                               that led to the eventual entrapment and
                                               predictions of the numbers (if any) of
                                               marine mammals that might be affected                      Multibeam Echosounder: Lamont-                     mortality of the whales within the Loza
                                               in those ways. There is no definitive                   Doherty would operate the Kongsberg                   Lagoon system (e.g., the survey vessel
                                               evidence that any of these effects occur                EM 122 multibeam echosounder from                     transiting in a north-south direction on
                                               even for marine mammals in close                        the source vessel during the planned                  the shelf break parallel to the shore may
                                               proximity to large arrays of airguns. In                survey. Sounds from the multibeam                     have trapped the animals between the
                                               addition, marine mammals that show                      echosounder are very short pulses,                    sound source and the shore driving
                                               behavioral avoidance of seismic vessels,                occurring for two to 15 ms once every                 them towards the Loza Lagoon). They
                                               including some pinnipeds, are unlikely                  five to 20 s, depending on water depth.               concluded that for odontocete cetaceans
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               to incur non-auditory impairment or                     Most of the energy in the sound pulses                that hear well in the 10–50 kHz range,
                                               other physical effects.                                 emitted by this echosounder is at                     where ambient noise is typically quite
                                                                                                       frequencies near 12 kHz, and the                      low, high-power active sonars operating
                                               Stranding and Mortality                                 maximum source level is 242 dB re: 1                  in this range may be more easily audible
                                                 When a living or dead marine                          mPa. The beam is narrow (1 to 2°) in                  and have potential effects over larger
                                               mammal swims or floats onto shore and                   fore-aft extent and wide (150°) in the                areas than low frequency systems that
                                               becomes ‘‘beached’’ or incapable of                     cross-track extent. Each ping consists of             have more typically been considered in


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                            75369

                                               terms of anthropogenic noise impacts                    pulsed signals. Behavioral changes                    received at the same levels. However,
                                               (Southall, et al., 2013). However, the                  typically involved what appeared to be                the pulsed signals from the profiler are
                                               risk may be very low given the extensive                deliberate attempts to avoid the sound                considerably weaker than those from the
                                               use of these systems worldwide on a                     exposure (Schlundt et al., 2000;                      echosounder.
                                               daily basis and the lack of direct                      Finneran et al., 2002; Finneran and                      Hearing Impairment and Other
                                               evidence of such responses previously                   Schlundt, 2004). The relevance of those               Physical Effects: It is unlikely that the
                                               reported (Southall, et al., 2013).                      data to free-ranging odontocetes is                   profiler produces pulse levels strong
                                                  Navy sonars linked to avoidance                      uncertain, and in any case, the test                  enough to cause hearing impairment or
                                               reactions and stranding of cetaceans: (1)               sounds were quite different in duration               other physical injuries even in an
                                               Generally have longer pulse duration                    as compared with those from an                        animal that is (briefly) in a position near
                                               than the Kongsberg EM 122; and (2) are                  echosounder.                                          the source. The profiler operates
                                               often directed close to horizontally                       Hearing Impairment and Other                       simultaneously with other higher-power
                                               versus more downward for the                            Physical Effects: Given recent stranding              acoustic sources. Many marine
                                               echosounder. The area of possible                       events associated with the operation of               mammals would move away in response
                                               influence of the echosounder is much                    mid-frequency tactical sonar, there is                to the approaching higher-power
                                               smaller—a narrow band below the                         concern that mid-frequency sonar                      sources or the vessel itself before the
                                               source vessel. Also, the duration of                    sounds can cause serious impacts to                   mammals would be close enough for
                                               exposure for a given marine mammal                      marine mammals (see earlier                           there to be any possibility of effects
                                               can be much longer for naval sonar.                     discussion). However, the echosounder                 from the less intense sounds from the
                                               During Lamont-Doherty’s operations,                     proposed for use by the Langseth is                   profiler.
                                               the individual pulses will be very short,               quite different from sonar used for naval
                                                                                                                                                             3. Potential Effects of Vessel Movement
                                               and a given mammal would not receive                    operations. The echosounder’s pulse
                                                                                                                                                             and Collisions
                                               many of the downward-directed pulses                    duration is very short relative to the
                                               as the vessel passes by the animal. The                 naval sonar. Also, at any given location,                Vessel movement in the vicinity of
                                               following section outlines possible                     an individual marine mammal would be                  marine mammals has the potential to
                                               effects of an echosounder on marine                     in the echosounder’s beam for much                    result in either a behavioral response or
                                               mammals.                                                less time given the generally downward                a direct physical interaction. We discuss
                                                  Masking: Marine mammal                               orientation of the beam and its narrow                both scenarios here.
                                               communications would not be masked                      fore-aft beamwidth; navy sonar often                     Behavioral Responses to Vessel
                                               appreciably by the echosounder’s                        uses near-horizontally-directed sound.                Movement: There are limited data
                                               signals given the low duty cycle of the                 Those factors would all reduce the                    concerning marine mammal behavioral
                                               echosounder and the brief period when                   sound energy received from the                        responses to vessel traffic and vessel
                                               an individual mammal is likely to be                    echosounder relative to that from naval               noise, and a lack of consensus among
                                               within its beam. Furthermore, in the                    sonar.                                                scientists with respect to what these
                                               case of baleen whales, the                                 Lamont-Doherty would also operate a                responses mean or whether they result
                                               echosounder’s signals (12 kHz) do not                   sub-bottom profiler from the source                   in short-term or long-term adverse
                                               overlap with the predominant                            vessel during the proposed survey. The                effects. In those cases where there is a
                                               frequencies in the calls, which would                   profiler’s sounds are very short pulses,              busy shipping lane or where there is a
                                               avoid any significant masking.                          occurring for one to four ms once every               large amount of vessel traffic, marine
                                                  Behavioral Responses: Behavioral                     second. Most of the energy in the sound               mammals may experience acoustic
                                               reactions of free-ranging marine                        pulses emitted by the profiler is at 3.5              masking (Hildebrand, 2005) if they are
                                               mammals to sonars, echosounders, and                    kHz, and the beam is directed                         present in the area (e.g., killer whales in
                                               other sound sources appear to vary by                   downward. The sub-bottom profiler on                  Puget Sound; Foote et al., 2004; Holt et
                                               species and circumstance. Observed                      the Langseth has a maximum source                     al., 2008). In cases where vessels
                                               reactions have included increased                       level of 222 dB re: 1 mPa. Kremser et al.             actively approach marine mammals
                                               vocalizations and no dispersal by pilot                 (2005) noted that the probability of a                (e.g., whale watching or dolphin
                                               whales (Rendell and Gordon, 1999), and                  cetacean swimming through the area of                 watching boats), scientists have
                                               strandings by beaked whales. During                     exposure when a bottom profiler emits                 documented that animals exhibit altered
                                               exposure to a 21 to 25 kHz ‘‘whale-                     a pulse is small—even for a profiler                  behavior such as increased swimming
                                               finding’’ sonar with a source level of                  more powerful than that on the                        speed, erratic movement, and active
                                               215 dB re: 1 mPa, gray whales reacted by                Langseth. If the animal was in the area,              avoidance behavior (Bursk, 1983;
                                               orienting slightly away from the source                 it would have to pass the transducer at               Acevedo, 1991; Baker and MacGibbon,
                                               and being deflected from their course by                close range and be subjected to sound                 1991; Trites and Bain, 2000; Williams et
                                               approximately 200 m (Frankel, 2005).                    levels that could cause temporary                     al., 2002; Constantine et al., 2003),
                                               When a 38-kHz echosounder and a 150-                    threshold shift.                                      reduced blow interval (Ritcher et al.,
                                               kHz acoustic Doppler current profiler                      Masking: Marine mammal                             2003), disruption of normal social
                                               were transmitting during studies in the                 communications would not be masked                    behaviors (Lusseau, 2003; 2006), and the
                                               eastern tropical Pacific Ocean, baleen                  appreciably by the profiler’s signals                 shift of behavioral activities which may
                                               whales showed no significant responses,                 given the directionality of the signal and            increase energetic costs (Constantine et
                                               while spotted and spinner dolphins                      the brief period when an individual                   al., 2003; 2004). A detailed review of
                                               were detected slightly more often and                   mammal is likely to be within its beam.               marine mammal reactions to ships and
                                               beaked whales less often during visual                  Furthermore, in the case of most baleen               boats is available in Richardson et al.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               surveys (Gerrodette and Pettis, 2005).                  whales, the profiler’s signals do not                 (1995). For each of the marine mammal
                                                  Captive bottlenose dolphins and a                    overlap with the predominant                          taxonomy groups, Richardson et al.
                                               beluga whale exhibited changes in                       frequencies in the calls, which would                 (1995) provides the following
                                               behavior when exposed to 1-s tonal                      avoid significant masking.                            assessment regarding reactions to vessel
                                               signals at frequencies similar to those                    Behavioral Responses: Responses to                 traffic:
                                               emitted by Lamont-Doherty’s                             the profiler are likely to be similar to the             Toothed whales: In summary, toothed
                                               echosounder and to shorter broadband                    other pulsed sources discussed earlier if             whales sometimes show no avoidance


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75370                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               reaction to vessels, or even approach                   uninterested reactions; fin whales                    most deaths occurred when a vessel was
                                               them. However, avoidance can occur,                     changed from mostly negative (e.g.,                   traveling in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9
                                               especially in response to vessels of                    avoidance) to uninterested reactions;                 mph; 13 kts).
                                               types used to chase or hunt the animals.                right whales apparently continued the
                                                                                                                                                             Entanglement
                                               This may cause temporary                                same variety of responses (negative,
                                               displacement, but we know of no clear                   uninterested, and positive responses)                    Entanglement can occur if wildlife
                                               evidence that toothed whales have                       with little change; and humpbacks                     becomes immobilized in survey lines,
                                               abandoned significant parts of their                    dramatically changed from mixed                       cables, nets, or other equipment that is
                                               range because of vessel traffic.                        responses that were often negative to                 moving through the water column. The
                                                  Baleen whales: When baleen whales                    reactions that were often strongly                    proposed seismic survey would require
                                               receive low-level sounds from distant or                positive. Watkins (1986) summarized                   towing approximately 8.0 km (4.9 mi) of
                                               stationary vessels, the sounds often                    that ‘‘whales near shore, even in regions             equipment and cables. This size of the
                                               seem to be ignored. Some whales                         with low vessel traffic, generally have               array generally carries a lower risk of
                                               approach the sources of these sounds.                   become less wary of boats and their                   entanglement for marine mammals.
                                               When vessels approach whales slowly                     noises, and they have appeared to be                  Wildlife, especially slow moving
                                               and non-aggressively, whales often                      less easily disturbed than previously. In             individuals, such as large whales, have
                                               exhibit slow and inconspicuous                          particular locations with intense                     a low probability of entanglement due to
                                               avoidance maneuvers. In response to                     shipping and repeated approaches by                   the low amount of slack in the lines,
                                               strong or rapidly changing vessel noise,                boats (such as the whale-watching areas               slow speed of the survey vessel, and
                                               baleen whales often interrupt their                     of Stellwagen Bank), more and more                    onboard monitoring. Lamont-Doherty
                                               normal behavior and swim rapidly                        whales had positive reactions to familiar             has no recorded cases of entanglement
                                               away. Avoidance is especially strong                    vessels, and they also occasionally                   of marine mammals during their
                                               when a boat heads directly toward the                   approached other boats and yachts in                  conduct of over 11 years of seismic
                                               whale.                                                  the same ways.’’                                      surveys (NSF, 2015).
                                                  Behavioral responses to stimuli are
                                               complex and influenced to varying                       Vessel Strike                                         Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
                                               degrees by a number of factors, such as                    Ship strikes of cetaceans can cause                Habitat
                                               species, behavioral contexts,                           major wounds, which may lead to the                     The primary potential impacts to
                                               geographical regions, source                            death of the animal. An animal at the                 marine mammal habitat and other
                                               characteristics (moving or stationary,                  surface could be struck directly by a                 marine species are associated with
                                               speed, direction, etc.), prior experience               vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the              elevated sound levels produced by
                                               of the animal, and physical status of the               bottom of a vessel, or a vessel’s                     airguns. This section describes the
                                               animal. For example, studies have                       propeller could injure an animal just                 potential impacts to marine mammal
                                               shown that beluga whales’ reactions                     below the surface. The severity of                    habitat from the specified activity.
                                               varied when exposed to vessel noise                     injuries typically depends on the size
                                                                                                       and speed of the vessel (Knowlton and                 Anticipated Effects on Fish as Prey
                                               and traffic. In some cases, naive beluga
                                                                                                       Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001;                      Species
                                               whales exhibited rapid swimming from
                                               ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km (49.7                  Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007).                           NMFS considered the effects of the
                                               mi) away, and showed changes in                            The most vulnerable marine mammals                 survey on marine mammal prey (i.e.,
                                               surfacing, breathing, diving, and group                 are those that spend extended periods of              fish and invertebrates), as a component
                                               composition in the Canadian high                        time at the surface in order to restore               of marine mammal habitat in the
                                               Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley             oxygen levels within their tissues after              following subsections.
                                               et al., 1990). In other cases, beluga                   deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In                   There are three types of potential
                                               whales were more tolerant of vessels,                   addition, some baleen whales, such as                 effects of exposure to seismic surveys:
                                               but responded differentially to certain                 the North Atlantic right whale, seem                  (1) Pathological, (2) physiological, and
                                               vessels and operating characteristics by                generally unresponsive to vessel sound,               (3) behavioral. Pathological effects
                                               reducing their calling rates (especially                making them more susceptible to vessel                involve lethal and temporary or
                                               older animals) in the St. Lawrence River                collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These              permanent sub-lethal injury.
                                               where vessel traffic is common (Blane                   species are primarily large, slow moving              Physiological effects involve temporary
                                               and Jaakson, 1994). In Bristol Bay,                     whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g.,                 and permanent primary and secondary
                                               Alaska, beluga whales continued to feed                 bottlenose dolphin) move quickly                      stress responses, such as changes in
                                               when surrounded by fishing vessels and                  through the water column and are often                levels of enzymes and proteins.
                                               resisted dispersal even when                            seen riding the bow wave of large ships.              Behavioral effects refer to temporary
                                               purposefully harassed (Fish and Vania,                  Marine mammal responses to vessels                    and (if they occur) permanent changes
                                               1971).                                                  may include avoidance and changes in                  in exhibited behavior (e.g., startle and
                                                  In reviewing more than 25 years of                   dive pattern (NRC, 2003).                             avoidance behavior). The three
                                               whale observation data, Watkins (1986)                     An examination of all known ship                   categories are interrelated in complex
                                               concluded that whale reactions to vessel                strikes from all shipping sources                     ways. For example, it is possible that
                                               traffic were ‘‘modified by their previous               (civilian and military) indicates vessel              certain physiological and behavioral
                                               experience and current activity:                        speed is a principal factor in whether a              changes could potentially lead to an
                                               habituation often occurred rapidly,                     vessel strike results in death (Knowlton              ultimate pathological effect on
                                               attention to other stimuli or                           and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001;                  individuals (i.e., mortality).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               preoccupation with other activities                     Jensen and Silber, 2003; Vanderlaan and                  The available information on the
                                               sometimes overcame their interest or                    Taggart, 2007). In assessing records with             impacts of seismic surveys on marine
                                               wariness of stimuli.’’ Watkins noticed                  known vessel speeds, Laist et al. (2001)              fish is from studies of individuals or
                                               that over the years of exposure to ships                found a direct relationship between the               portions of a population. There have
                                               in the Cape Cod area, minke whales                      occurrence of a whale strike and the                  been no studies at the population scale.
                                               changed from frequent positive interest                 speed of the vessel involved in the                   The studies of individual fish have often
                                               (e.g., approaching vessels) to generally                collision. The authors concluded that                 been on caged fish that were exposed to


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                            75371

                                               airgun pulses in situations not                         al. (2005) documented only temporary                  fisheries. They reported a 1991 study of
                                               representative of an actual seismic                     threshold shift (as determined by                     the Bay Area Fault system from the
                                               survey. Thus, available information                     auditory brainstem response) in two of                continental shelf to the Sacramento
                                               provides limited insight on possible                    three fish species from the Mackenzie                 River, using a 10 airgun (5,828 in3)
                                               real-world effects at the ocean or                      River Delta. This study found that broad              array. Brezzina and Associates, hired by
                                               population scale.                                       whitefish (Coregonus nasus) exposed to                USGS to monitor the effects of the
                                                  Hastings and Popper (2005), Popper                   five airgun shots were not significantly              surveys, concluded that airgun
                                               (2009), and Popper and Hastings (2009)                  different from those of controls. During              operations were not responsible for the
                                               provided recent critical reviews of the                 both studies, the repetitive exposure to              death of any of the fish carcasses
                                               known effects of sound on fish. The                     sound was greater than what would                     observed, and the airgun profiling did
                                               following sections provide a general                    have occurred during a typical seismic                not appear to alter the feeding behavior
                                               synopsis of the available information on                survey. However, the substantial low-                 of sea lions, seals, or pelicans observed
                                               the effects of exposure to seismic and                  frequency energy produced by the                      feeding during the seismic surveys.
                                               other anthropogenic sound as relevant                   airguns (less than 400 Hz in the study                   Some studies have reported that
                                               to fish. The information comprises                      by McCauley et al. (2003) and less than               mortality of fish, fish eggs, or larvae can
                                               results from scientific studies of varying              approximately 200 Hz in Popper et al.                 occur close to seismic sources
                                               degrees of rigor plus some anecdotal                    (2005)) likely did not propagate to the               (Kostyuchenko, 1973; Dalen and
                                               information. Some of the data sources                   fish because the water in the study areas             Knutsen, 1986; Booman et al., 1996;
                                               may have serious shortcomings in                        was very shallow (approximately 9 m in                Dalen et al., 1996). Some of the reports
                                               methods, analysis, interpretation, and                  the former case and less than 2 m in the              claimed seismic effects from treatments
                                               reproducibility that must be considered                 latter). Water depth sets a lower limit on            quite different from actual seismic
                                               when interpreting their results (see                    the lowest sound frequency that will                  survey sounds or even reasonable
                                               Hastings and Popper, 2005). Potential                   propagate (i.e., the cutoff frequency) at             surrogates. However, Payne et al. (2009)
                                               adverse effects of the program’s sound                  about one-quarter wavelength (Urick,                  reported no statistical differences in
                                               sources on marine fish are noted.                       1983; Rogers and Cox, 1988).                          mortality/morbidity between control
                                                  Pathological Effects: The potential for                 Wardle et al. (2001) suggested that in             and exposed groups of capelin eggs or
                                               pathological damage to hearing                          water, acute injury and death of                      monkfish larvae. Saetre and Ona (1996)
                                               structures in fish depends on the energy                organisms exposed to seismic energy                   applied a worst-case scenario,
                                               level of the received sound and the                     depends primarily on two features of                  mathematical model to investigate the
                                               physiology and hearing capability of the                the sound source: (1) The received peak               effects of seismic energy on fish eggs
                                               species in question. For a given sound                  pressure and (2) the time required for                and larvae. The authors concluded that
                                               to result in hearing loss, the sound must               the pressure to rise and decay.                       mortality rates caused by exposure to
                                               exceed, by some substantial amount, the                 Generally, as received pressure                       seismic surveys were low, as compared
                                               hearing threshold of the fish for that                  increases, the period for the pressure to             to natural mortality rates, and suggested
                                               sound (Popper, 2005). The                               rise and decay decreases, and the                     that the impact of seismic surveying on
                                               consequences of temporary or                            chance of acute pathological effects                  recruitment to a fish stock was not
                                               permanent hearing loss in individual                    increases. According to Buchanan et al.               significant.
                                               fish on a fish population are unknown;                  (2004), for the types of seismic airguns                 Physiological Effects: Physiological
                                               however, they likely depend on the                      and arrays involved with the proposed                 effects refer to cellular and/or
                                               number of individuals affected and                      program, the pathological (mortality)                 biochemical responses of fish to
                                               whether critical behaviors involving                    zone for fish would be expected to be                 acoustic stress. Such stress potentially
                                               sound (e.g., predator avoidance, prey                   within a few meters of the seismic                    could affect fish populations by
                                               capture, orientation and navigation,                    source. Numerous other studies provide                increasing mortality or reducing
                                               reproduction, etc.) are adversely                       examples of no fish mortality upon                    reproductive success. Primary and
                                               affected.                                               exposure to seismic sources (Falk and                 secondary stress responses of fish after
                                                  There are few data about the                         Lawrence, 1973; Holliday et al., 1987;                exposure to seismic survey sound
                                               mechanisms and characteristics of                       La Bella et al., 1996; Santulli et al.,               appear to be temporary in all studies
                                               damage impacting fish by exposure to                    1999; McCauley et al., 2000a,b, 2003;                 done to date (Sverdrup et al., 1994;
                                               seismic survey sounds. Peer-reviewed                    Bjarti, 2002; Thomsen, 2002; Hassel et                Santulli et al., 1999; McCauley et al.,
                                               scientific literature has presented few                 al., 2003; Popper et al., 2005; Boeger et             2000a,b). The periods necessary for the
                                               data on this subject. NMFS is aware of                  al., 2006).                                           biochemical changes to return to normal
                                               only two papers with proper                                The National Park Service conducted                are variable and depend on numerous
                                               experimental methods, controls, and                     an experiment of the effects of a single              aspects of the biology of the species and
                                               careful pathological investigation that                 700 in3 airgun in Lake Meade, Nevada                  of the sound stimulus.
                                               implicate sounds produced by actual                     (USGS, 1999) to understand the effects                   Behavioral Effects: Behavioral effects
                                               seismic survey airguns in causing                       of a marine reflection survey of the Lake             include changes in the distribution,
                                               adverse anatomical effects. One such                    Meade fault system (Paulson et al.,                   migration, mating, and catchability of
                                               study indicated anatomical damage, and                  1993, in USGS, 1999). The researchers                 fish populations. Studies investigating
                                               the second indicated temporary                          suspended the airgun 3.5 m (11.5 ft)                  the possible effects of sound (including
                                               threshold shift in fish hearing. The                    above a school of threadfin shad in Lake              seismic survey sound) on fish behavior
                                               anatomical case is McCauley et al.                      Meade and fired three successive times                have been conducted on both uncaged
                                               (2003), who found that exposure to                      at a 30 s interval. Neither surface                   and caged individuals (e.g., Chapman
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               airgun sound caused observable                          inspection nor diver observations of the              and Hawkins, 1969; Pearson et al., 1992;
                                               anatomical damage to the auditory                       water column and bottom found any                     Santulli et al., 1999; Wardle et al., 2001;
                                               maculae of pink snapper (Pagrus                         dead fish.                                            Hassel et al., 2003). Typically, in these
                                               auratus). This damage in the ears had                      For a proposed seismic survey in                   studies fish exhibited a sharp startle
                                               not been repaired in fish sacrificed and                Southern California, USGS (1999)                      response at the onset of a sound
                                               examined almost two months after                        conducted a review of the literature on               followed by habituation and a return to
                                               exposure. On the other hand, Popper et                  the effects of airguns on fish and                    normal behavior after the sound ceased.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75372                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                                  The former Minerals Management                          Moriyasu et al. (2004) and Payne et al.            vulgaris) at levels of 246 to 252 dB after
                                               Service (MMS, 2005) assessed the                        (2008) provide literature reviews of the              3 to 11 minutes. Another laboratory
                                               effects of a proposed seismic survey in                 effects of seismic and other underwater               study observed abnormalities in larval
                                               Cook Inlet, Alaska. The seismic survey                  sound on invertebrates. The following                 scallops after exposure to low frequency
                                               proposed using three vessels, each                      sections provide a synopsis of available              noise in tanks (de Soto et al., 2013).
                                               towing two, four-airgun arrays ranging                  information on the effects of exposure to                Andre et al. (2011) exposed four
                                               from 1,500 to 2,500 in3. The Minerals                   seismic survey sound on species of                    cephalopod species (Loligo vulgaris,
                                               Management Service noted that the                       decapod crustaceans and cephalopods,                  Sepia officinalis, Octopus vulgaris, and
                                               impact to fish populations in the survey                the two taxonomic groups of                           Ilex coindetii) to two hours of
                                               area and adjacent waters would likely                   invertebrates on which most such                      continuous sound from 50 to 400 Hz at
                                               be very low and temporary and also                      studies have been conducted. The                      157 ± 5 dB re: 1 mPa. They reported
                                               concluded that seismic surveys may                      available information is from studies                 lesions to the sensory hair cells of the
                                               displace the pelagic fishes from the area               with variable degrees of scientific                   statocysts of the exposed animals that
                                               temporarily when airguns are in use.                    soundness and from anecdotal                          increased in severity with time,
                                               However, fishes displaced and avoiding                  information. A more detailed review of                suggesting that cephalopods are
                                               the airgun noise are likely to backfill the             the literature on the effects of seismic              particularly sensitive to low-frequency
                                               survey area in minutes to hours after                   survey sound on invertebrates is in                   sound. The received sound pressure
                                               cessation of seismic testing. Fishes not                Appendix E of NSF’s 2011                              level was 157 +/¥5 dB re: 1 mPa, with
                                               dispersing from the airgun noise (e.g.,                 Programmatic Environmental Impact                     peak levels at 175 dB re: 1 mPa. As in
                                               demersal species) may startle and move                  Statement (NSF/USGS, 2011).                           the McCauley et al. (2003) paper on
                                               short distances to avoid airgun                            Pathological Effects: In water, lethal             sensory hair cell damage in pink
                                               emissions.                                              and sub-lethal injury to organisms                    snapper as a result of exposure to
                                                  In general, any adverse effects on fish              exposed to seismic survey sound                       seismic sound, the cephalopods were
                                                                                                       appears to depend on at least two                     subjected to higher sound levels than
                                               behavior or fisheries attributable to
                                                                                                       features of the sound source: (1) The                 they would be under natural conditions,
                                               seismic testing may depend on the
                                                                                                       received peak pressure; and (2) the time              and they were unable to swim away
                                               species in question and the nature of the
                                                                                                       required for the pressure to rise and                 from the sound source.
                                               fishery (season, duration, fishing                                                                               Physiological Effects: Physiological
                                                                                                       decay. Generally, as received pressure
                                               method). They may also depend on the                                                                          effects refer mainly to biochemical
                                                                                                       increases, the period for the pressure to
                                               age of the fish, its motivational state, its                                                                  responses by marine invertebrates to
                                                                                                       rise and decay decreases, and the
                                               size, and numerous other factors that are                                                                     acoustic stress. Such stress potentially
                                                                                                       chance of acute pathological effects
                                               difficult, if not impossible, to quantify at                                                                  could affect invertebrate populations by
                                                                                                       increases. For the type of airgun array
                                               this point, given such limited data on                                                                        increasing mortality or reducing
                                                                                                       planned for the proposed program, the
                                               effects of airguns on fish, particularly                pathological (mortality) zone for                     reproductive success. Studies have
                                               under realistic at-sea conditions                       crustaceans and cephalopods is                        noted primary and secondary stress
                                               (Lokkeborg et al., 2012; Fewtrell and                   expected to be within a few meters of                 responses (i.e., changes in haemolymph
                                               McCauley, 2012). NMFS would expect                      the seismic source, at most; however,                 levels of enzymes, proteins, etc.) of
                                               prey species to return to their pre-                    very few specific data are available on               crustaceans occurring several days or
                                               exposure behavior once seismic firing                   levels of seismic signals that might                  months after exposure to seismic survey
                                               ceased (Lokkeborg et al., 2012; Fewtrell                damage these animals. This premise is                 sounds (Payne et al., 2007). The authors
                                               and McCauley, 2012).                                    based on the peak pressure and rise/                  noted that crustaceans exhibited no
                                               Anticipated Effects on Invertebrates                    decay time characteristics of seismic                 behavioral impacts (Christian et al.,
                                                                                                       airgun arrays currently in use around                 2003, 2004; DFO, 2004). The periods
                                                  The existing body of information on                  the world.                                            necessary for these biochemical changes
                                               the impacts of seismic survey sound on                     Some studies have suggested that                   to return to normal are variable and
                                               marine invertebrates is very limited.                   seismic survey sound has a limited                    depend on numerous aspects of the
                                               However, there is some unpublished                      pathological impact on early                          biology of the species and of the sound
                                               and very limited evidence of the                        developmental stages of crustaceans                   stimulus.
                                               potential for adverse effects on                        (Pearson et al., 1994; Christian et al.,                 Behavioral Effects: There is increasing
                                               invertebrates, thereby justifying further               2003; DFO, 2004). However, the impacts                interest in assessing the possible direct
                                               discussion and analysis of this issue.                  appear to be either temporary or                      and indirect effects of seismic and other
                                               The three types of potential effects of                 insignificant compared to what occurs                 sounds on invertebrate behavior,
                                               exposure to seismic surveys on marine                   under natural conditions. Controlled                  particularly in relation to the
                                               invertebrates are pathological,                         field experiments on adult crustaceans                consequences for fisheries. Changes in
                                               physiological, and behavioral. Based on                 (Christian et al., 2003, 2004; DFO, 2004)             behavior could potentially affect such
                                               the physical structure of their sensory                 and adult cephalopods (McCauley et al.,               aspects as reproductive success,
                                               organs, marine invertebrates appear to                  2000a,b) exposed to seismic survey                    distribution, susceptibility to predation,
                                               be specialized to respond to particle                   sound have not resulted in any                        and catchability by fisheries. Studies
                                               displacement components of an                           significant pathological impacts on the               investigating the possible behavioral
                                               impinging sound field and not to the                    animals. It has been suggested that                   effects of exposure to seismic survey
                                               pressure component (Popper et al.,                      exposure to commercial seismic survey                 sound on crustaceans and cephalopods
                                               2001). The only information available                   activities has injured giant squid                    have been conducted on both uncaged
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               on the impacts of seismic surveys on                    (Guerra et al., 2004), but the article                and caged animals. In some cases,
                                               marine invertebrates involves studies of                provides little evidence to support this              invertebrates exhibited startle responses
                                               individuals; there have been no studies                 claim.                                                (e.g., squid in McCauley et al., 2000). In
                                               at the population scale. Thus, available                   Tenera Environmental (2011) reported               other cases, the authors observed no
                                               information provides limited insight on                 that Norris and Mohl (1983,                           behavioral impacts (e.g., crustaceans in
                                               possible real-world effects at the                      summarized in Mariyasu et al., 2004)                  Christian et al., 2003, 2004; DFO, 2004).
                                               regional or ocean scale.                                observed lethal effects in squid (Loligo              There have been anecdotal reports of


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                           75373

                                               reduced catch rates of shrimp shortly                   authorizations that NMFS has approved                 the source vessel. However, during
                                               after exposure to seismic surveys;                      and authorized; and                                   mealtimes and bathroom breaks, it is
                                               however, other studies have not                            (3) Recommended best practices in                  sometimes difficult to have two
                                               observed any significant changes in                     Richardson et al. (1995), Pierson et al.              observers on effort, but at least one
                                               shrimp catch rate (Andriguetto-Filho et                 (1998), and Weir and Dolman, (2007).                  observer would be on watch during
                                               al., 2005). Similarly, Parry and Gason                     To reduce the potential for                        bathroom breaks and mealtimes.
                                               (2006) did not find any evidence that                   disturbance from acoustic stimuli                     Observers would be on duty in shifts of
                                               lobster catch rates were affected by                    associated with the activities, Lamont-               no longer than four hours in duration.
                                               seismic surveys. Any adverse effects on                 Doherty, and/or its designees have                       Two observers on the Langseth would
                                               crustacean and cephalopod behavior or                   proposed to implement the following                   also be on visual watch during all
                                               fisheries attributable to seismic survey                mitigation measures for marine                        nighttime ramp-ups of the seismic
                                               sound depend on the species in                          mammals:                                              airguns. A third observer would monitor
                                               question and the nature of the fishery                     (1) Vessel-based visual mitigation                 the passive acoustic monitoring
                                               (season, duration, fishing method).                     monitoring;                                           equipment 24 hours a day to detect
                                                  In examining impacts to fish and                        (2) Proposed exclusion zones;                      vocalizing marine mammals present in
                                               invertebrates as prey species for marine                   (3) Power down procedures;                         the action area. In summary, a typical
                                               mammals, we expect fish to exhibit a                       (4) Shutdown procedures;                           daytime cruise would have scheduled
                                                                                                          (5) Ramp-up procedures; and                        two observers (visual) on duty from the
                                               range of behaviors including no reaction
                                                                                                          (6) Speed and course alterations.                  observation tower, and an observer
                                               or habituation (Peña et al., 2013) to                     NMFS reviewed Lamont-Doherty’s
                                               startle responses and/or avoidance                                                                            (acoustic) on the passive acoustic
                                                                                                       proposed mitigation measures and has                  monitoring system. Before the start of
                                               (Fewtrell and McCauley, 2012). We                       proposed an additional measure to
                                               expect that the seismic survey would                                                                          the seismic survey, Lamont-Doherty
                                                                                                       effect the least practicable adverse                  would instruct the vessel’s crew to
                                               have no more than a temporary and                       impact on marine mammals. They are:
                                               minimal adverse effect on any fish or                                                                         assist in detecting marine mammals and
                                                                                                          (1) Expanded power down procedures                 implementing mitigation requirements.
                                               invertebrate species. Although there is a               for concentrations of six or more whales                 The Langseth is a suitable platform for
                                               potential for injury to fish or marine life             that do not appear to be traveling (e.g.,             marine mammal observations. When
                                               in close proximity to the vessel, we                    feeding, socializing, etc.).                          stationed on the observation platform,
                                               expect that the impacts of the seismic
                                                                                                       Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation                        the eye level would be approximately
                                               survey on fish and other marine life
                                                                                                       Monitoring                                            21.5 m (70.5 ft) above sea level, and the
                                               specifically related to acoustic activities
                                                                                                                                                             observer would have a good view
                                               would be temporary in nature,                              Lamont-Doherty would position                      around the entire vessel. During
                                               negligible, and would not result in                     observers aboard the seismic source                   daytime, the observers would scan the
                                               substantial impact to these species or to               vessel to watch for marine mammals                    area around the vessel systematically
                                               their role in the ecosystem. Based on the               near the vessel during daytime airgun                 with reticle binoculars (e.g., 7 × 50
                                               preceding discussion, NMFS does not                     operations and during any start-ups at                Fujinon), Big-eye binoculars (25 × 150),
                                               anticipate that the proposed activity                   night. Observers would also watch for                 and with the naked eye. During
                                               would have any habitat-related effects                  marine mammals near the seismic                       darkness, night vision devices would be
                                               that could cause significant or long-term               vessel for at least 30 minutes prior to the           available (ITT F500 Series Generation 3
                                               consequences for individual marine                      start of airgun operations after an                   binocular-image intensifier or
                                               mammals or their populations.                           extended shutdown (i.e., greater than                 equivalent), when required. Laser range-
                                               Proposed Mitigation                                     approximately eight minutes for this                  finding binoculars (Leica LRF 1200 laser
                                                                                                       proposed cruise). When feasible, the                  rangefinder or equivalent) would be
                                                 In order to issue an Incidental                       observers would conduct observations                  available to assist with distance
                                               Harassment Authorization under section                  during daytime periods when the                       estimation. They are useful in training
                                               101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must                     seismic system is not operating for                   observers to estimate distances visually,
                                               set forth the permissible methods of                    comparison of sighting rates and                      but are generally not useful in
                                               taking pursuant to such activity, and                   behavior with and without airgun                      measuring distances to animals directly.
                                               other means of effecting the least                      operations and between acquisition                    The user measures distances to animals
                                               practicable adverse impact on such                      periods. Based on the observations, the               with the reticles in the binoculars.
                                               species or stock and its habitat, paying                Langseth would power down or                             Lamont-Doherty would immediately
                                               particular attention to rookeries, mating               shutdown the airguns when marine                      power down or shutdown the airguns
                                               grounds, and areas of similar                           mammals are observed within or about                  when observers see marine mammals
                                               significance, and on the availability of                to enter a designated exclusion zone for              within or about to enter the designated
                                               such species or stock for taking for                    cetaceans or pinnipeds.                               exclusion zone. The observer(s) would
                                               certain subsistence uses (where                            During seismic operations, at least                continue to maintain watch to
                                               relevant).                                              four protected species observers would                determine when the animal(s) are
                                                 Lamont-Doherty has reviewed the                       be aboard the Langseth. Lamont-Doherty                outside the exclusion zone by visual
                                               following source documents and has                      would appoint the observers with                      confirmation. Airgun operations would
                                               incorporated a suite of proposed                        NMFS concurrence, and they would                      not resume until the observer has
                                               mitigation measures into their project                  conduct observations during ongoing                   confirmed that the animal has left the
                                               description.                                            daytime operations and nighttime ramp-                zone, or if not observed after 15 minutes
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 (1) Protocols used during previous                    ups of the airgun array. During the                   for species with shorter dive durations
                                               Lamont-Doherty and NSF-funded                           majority of seismic operations, two                   (small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30
                                               seismic research cruises as approved by                 observers would be on duty from the                   minutes for species with longer dive
                                               us and detailed in the NSF’s 2011 PEIS                  observation tower to monitor marine                   durations (mysticetes and large
                                               and 2015 draft environmental analysis;                  mammals near the seismic vessel. Using                odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy
                                                 (2) Previous incidental harassment                    two observers would increase the                      sperm, dwarf sperm, killer, and beaked
                                               authorizations applications and                         effectiveness of detecting animals near               whales).


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75374                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               Proposed Mitigation Exclusion Zones                                        one would expect to receive sound                       enter the appropriate exclusion zone,
                                                 Lamont-Doherty would use safety                                          levels (160-, 180-, and 190-dB,) from the               the Langseth crew would immediately
                                               radii to designate exclusion zones and                                     airgun array and a single airgun. If the                power down the airgun array, or
                                               to estimate take for marine mammals.                                       protected species visual observer detects               perform a shutdown if necessary (see
                                               Table 3 shows the distances at which                                       marine mammal(s) within or about to                     Shut-down Procedures).

                                                  TABLE 3—PREDICTED DISTANCES TO WHICH SOUND LEVELS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 160 re: 1 μPa COULD BE
                                                             RECEIVED DURING THE PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS WITHIN THE SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN
                                                                                                                                      [January through March, 2016]

                                                                                                                                                                                           Predicted RMS distances 1 (m)
                                                                             Source and volume                                               Tow depth        Water depth
                                                                                    (in3)                                                       (m)              (m)               190 dB             180 dB          160 dB

                                               Single Bolt airgun .................................................................
                                               (40 in3) .................................................................................                9            > 1,000                100               100             388
                                               36-Airgun Array ....................................................................
                                               (6,600 in3) ............................................................................                  9            > 1,000                286               927         5,780
                                                  1 Predicted      distances based on information presented in Lamont-Doherty’s application.


                                                 The 180- or 190-dB level shutdown                                        occurs when the Langseth suspends all                   any species with longer dive durations
                                               criteria are applicable to cetaceans and                                   airgun activity.                                        (i.e., mysticetes and large odontocetes,
                                               pinnipeds respectively as specified by                                        If the observer detects a marine                     including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf
                                               NMFS (2000). Lamont-Doherty used                                           mammal outside the exclusion zone and                   sperm, and beaked whales).
                                               these levels to establish the exclusion                                    the animal is likely to enter the zone,                    NMFS estimates that the Langseth
                                               zones as presented in their application.                                   the crew would power down the airguns                   would transit outside the original 180-
                                                 Lamont-Doherty used a process to                                         to reduce the size of the 180-dB or 190-                dB or 190-dB exclusion zone after an 8-
                                               develop and confirm the                                                    dB exclusion zone before the animal                     minute wait period. This period is based
                                               conservativeness of the mitigation radii                                   enters that zone. Likewise, if a mammal                 on the average speed of the Langseth
                                               for a shallow-water seismic survey in                                      is already within the zone after                        while operating the airguns (8.5 km/h;
                                               the northeast Pacific Ocean offshore                                       detection, the crew would power-down                    5.3 mph). Because the vessel has
                                               Washington in 2012. Crone et al. (2014)                                    the airguns immediately. During a                       transited away from the vicinity of the
                                               analyzed the received sound levels from                                    power down of the airgun array, the                     original sighting during the 8-minute
                                               the 2012 survey and reported that the                                      crew would operate a single 40-in3                      period, implementing ramp-up
                                               actual distances for the exclusion and                                     airgun which has a smaller exclusion                    procedures for the full array after an
                                               buffer zones were two to three times                                       zone. If the observer detects a marine                  extended power down (i.e., transiting
                                               smaller than what Lamont-Doherty’s                                         mammal within or near the smaller                       for an additional 35 minutes from the
                                               modeling approach predicted. While                                         exclusion zone around the airgun (Table                 location of initial sighting) would not
                                               these results confirm the role that                                        3), the crew would shut down the single                 meaningfully increase the effectiveness
                                               bathymetry plays in propagation, they                                      airgun (see next section).                              of observing marine mammals
                                               also confirm that empirical                                                                                                        approaching or entering the exclusion
                                                                                                                          Resuming Airgun Operations After a
                                               measurements from the Gulf of Mexico                                                                                               zone for the full source level and would
                                                                                                                          Power Down
                                               survey likely over-estimated the size of                                                                                           not further minimize the potential for
                                                                                                                            Following a power-down, the                           take. The Langseth’s observers are
                                               the exclusion zones for the 2012                                           Langseth crew would not resume full
                                               Washington shallow-water seismic                                                                                                   continually monitoring the exclusion
                                                                                                                          airgun activity until the marine mammal                 zone for the full source level while the
                                               surveys. NMFS reviewed this                                                has cleared the 180-dB or 190-dB
                                               preliminary information in                                                                                                         mitigation airgun is firing. On average,
                                                                                                                          exclusion zone. The observers would                     observers can observe to the horizon (10
                                               consideration of how these data reflect                                    consider the animal to have cleared the
                                               on the accuracy of Lamont-Doherty’s                                                                                                km; 6.2 mi) from the height of the
                                                                                                                          exclusion zone if:                                      Langseth’s observation deck and should
                                               current modeling approach.                                                   • The observer has visually observed                  be able to say with a reasonable degree
                                               Power Down Procedures                                                      the animal leave the exclusion zone; or                 of confidence whether a marine
                                                                                                                            • An observer has not sighted the                     mammal would be encountered within
                                                 A power down involves decreasing                                         animal within the exclusion zone for 15                 this distance before resuming airgun
                                               the number of airguns in use such that                                     minutes for species with shorter dive                   operations at full power.
                                               the radius of the 180-dB or 190-dB                                         durations (i.e., small odontocetes or
                                               exclusion zone is smaller to the extent                                    pinnipeds), or 30 minutes for species                   Shutdown Procedures
                                               that marine mammals are no longer                                          with longer dive durations (i.e.,                         The Langseth crew would shut down
                                               within or about to enter the exclusion                                     mysticetes and large odontocetes,                       the operating airgun(s) if they see a
                                               zone. A power down of the airgun array                                     including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf                     marine mammal within or approaching
                                               can also occur when the vessel is                                          sperm, and beaked whales); or                           the exclusion zone for the single airgun.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               moving from one seismic line to                                              The Langseth crew would resume                        The crew would implement a
                                               another. During a power down for                                           operating the airguns at full power after               shutdown:
                                               mitigation, the Langseth would operate                                     15 minutes of sighting any species with                   (1) If an animal enters the exclusion
                                               one airgun (40 in3). The continued                                         short dive durations (i.e., small                       zone of the single airgun after the crew
                                               operation of one airgun would alert                                        odontocetes or pinnipeds). Likewise, the                has initiated a power down; or
                                               marine mammals to the presence of the                                      crew would resume airgun operations at                    (2) If an observer sees the animal is
                                               seismic vessel in the area. A shutdown                                     full power after 30 minutes of sighting                 initially within the exclusion zone of


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014         20:48 Nov 30, 2015         Jkt 238001       PO 00000       Frm 00020    Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM    01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                            75375

                                               the single airgun when more than one                    airgun array from a complete shutdown                 such that the source level of the array
                                               airgun (typically the full airgun array) is             at night or in thick fog, because the                 would increase in steps not exceeding
                                               operating.                                              outer part of the zone for that array                 six dB per five minute period over a
                                                 Resuming Airgun Operations after a                    would not be visible during those                     total duration of approximately 30 to 35
                                               Shutdown: Following a shutdown in                       conditions.                                           minutes. During ramp-up, the observers
                                               excess of eight minutes, the Langseth                      If one airgun has operated during a                would monitor the exclusion zone, and
                                               crew would initiate a ramp-up with the                  power down period, ramp-up to full                    if marine mammals are sighted, Lamont-
                                               smallest airgun in the array (40-in3). The              power would be permissible at night or                Doherty would implement a power-
                                               crew would turn on additional airguns                   in poor visibility, on the assumption                 down or shut-down as though the full
                                               in a sequence such that the source level                that marine mammals would be alerted                  airgun array were operational.
                                               of the array would increase in steps not                to the approaching seismic vessel by the
                                                                                                                                                                If the complete exclusion zone has not
                                               exceeding 6 dB per five-minute period                   sounds from the single airgun and could
                                                                                                                                                             been visible for at least 30 minutes prior
                                               over a total duration of approximately                  move away. The vessel’s crew would
                                                                                                                                                             to the start of operations in either
                                               30 minutes. During ramp-up, the                         not initiate a ramp-up of the airguns if
                                                                                                                                                             daylight or nighttime, Lamont-Doherty
                                               observers would monitor the exclusion                   an observer sees the marine mammal
                                                                                                                                                             would not commence the ramp-up
                                               zone, and if he/she sees a marine                       within or near the applicable exclusion
                                                                                                                                                             unless at least one airgun (40-in3 or
                                               mammal, the Langseth crew would                         zones during the day or close to the
                                                                                                       vessel at night.                                      similar) has been operating during the
                                               implement a power down or shutdown                                                                            interruption of seismic survey
                                               as though the full airgun array were                    Ramp-Up Procedures                                    operations. Given these provisions, it is
                                               operational.                                                                                                  likely that the crew would not ramp up
                                                                                                          Ramp-up of an airgun array provides
                                                 During periods of active seismic                      a gradual increase in sound levels, and               the airgun array from a complete shut-
                                               operations, there are occasions when the                involves a step-wise increase in the                  down at night or in thick fog, because
                                               Langseth crew would need to                             number and total volume of airguns                    the outer part of the exclusion zone for
                                               temporarily shut down the airguns due                   firing until the full volume of the airgun            that array would not be visible during
                                               to equipment failure or for maintenance.                array is achieved. The purpose of a                   those conditions. If one airgun has
                                               In this case, if the airguns are inactive               ramp-up is to ‘‘warn’’ marine mammals                 operated during a power-down period,
                                               longer than eight minutes, the crew                     in the vicinity of the airguns, and to                ramp-up to full power would be
                                               would follow ramp-up procedures for a                   provide the time for them to leave the                permissible at night or in poor visibility,
                                               shutdown described earlier and the                      area and thus avoid any potential injury              on the assumption that marine
                                               observers would monitor the full                        or impairment of their hearing abilities.             mammals would be alerted to the
                                               exclusion zone and would implement a                    Lamont-Doherty would follow a ramp-                   approaching seismic vessel by the
                                               power down or shutdown if necessary.                    up procedure when the airgun array                    sounds from the single airgun and could
                                                 If the full exclusion zone is not visible             begins operating after an 8 minute                    move away. Lamont-Doherty would not
                                               to the observer for at least 30 minutes                 period without airgun operations or                   initiate a ramp-up of the airguns if an
                                               prior to the start of operations in either              when shut down has exceeded that                      observer sights a marine mammal
                                               daylight or nighttime, the Langseth crew                period. Lamont-Doherty has used                       within or near the applicable exclusion
                                               would not commence ramp-up unless at                    similar waiting periods (approximately                zones. NMFS refers the reader to Figure
                                               least one airgun (40-in3 or similar) has                eight to 10 minutes) during previous                  2, which presents a flowchart
                                               been operating during the interruption                  seismic surveys.                                      representing the ramp-up, power down,
                                               of seismic survey operations. Given                        Ramp-up would begin with the                       and shut down protocols described in
                                               these provisions, it is likely that the                 smallest airgun in the array (40-in3). The            this notice.
                                               vessel’s crew would not ramp up the                     crew would add airguns in a sequence                  BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


75376                     Federal Register/Vol. 80, No. 230 /Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

               Figure 2. Ramp—up, power down and shut—down procedures for the Langseth.




                          Current Power—Down and Shut—Down Procedures for the R/V Langseth

                                  100.               §he i{l!‘@i cth operates |th& fu%fis{mr«:earrav       .              0
                             Pmtemed Epfifififi Qbsewfirs(PS0] m@mmr thf ExdusmnZone{EZ)fnrthe fué@ scsume %w&;




                                                                                                          PS{} absemesa.
                                                                                                       marine amma§ near or
                                                                                                       — withinthe E fi;xrthe
                                                                                                      smgfie mgtfiflatwn axrgun?
                                                                                                                                  $




                                                                       _   P50observesa
                                                                    marmemamma& nearor _ .
                                                                   within theEf forthe single
                                                                   O matwatmnawgun?             .


                                                                                                                    nt Wesjflfii
                                                                                                                             4
                                                                                                               onfirmationfzhat
                           — Visual confirmation that |
                                                                                                       MMhas i‘tthe EE far
                              MM bas leftthe EZ for
                           _ the fullsourcelevel _ |




                     iRamp:—Up Procedures :
                     Fora givensurvey; Lemont—Doherty would calculsteaspecified period based on the 180—08 exclusionzoneradius in _
                     felstionto the sverage plannedspesd of theLongseth wh ie surveying Lamont—Ooherty has used similsr pewm:&(8—10
                     mmutes% for previous surveys. Ramp upwilinotoccur ifa marinemammal or seaturtiehn afinm: clearedtheaxclusion zone
                     forthe full alfay.


                     (Date: November2015


BILLING CODE 3510—22—P                             Special Procedures for Concentrations                greater than 160 dB re: 1 uPa within the
                                                   of Large Whales                                      160—dB zone and would power down
                                                                                                        the array, if necessary. For purposes of
                                                      The Langseth would avoid exposing                 this proposed survey, a concentration or
                                                   concentrations of large whales to sounds


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                           75377

                                               group of whales would consist of six or                 that we expect to result in the take of                  1. An increase in the probability of
                                               more individuals visually sighted that                  marine mammals (this goal may                         detecting marine mammals, both within
                                               do not appear to be traveling (e.g.,                    contribute to 1, above, or to reducing                the mitigation zone (thus allowing for
                                               feeding, socializing, etc.).                            harassment takes only).                               more effective implementation of the
                                                                                                          4. A reduction in the intensity of                 mitigation) and during other times and
                                               Speed and Course Alterations                            exposures (either total number or                     locations, in order to generate more data
                                                  If during seismic data collection,                   number at biologically important time                 to contribute to the analyses mentioned
                                               Lamont-Doherty detects marine                           or location) to airgun operations that we             later;
                                               mammals outside the exclusion zone                      expect to result in the take of marine                   2. An increase in our understanding
                                               and, based on the animal’s position and                 mammals (this goal may contribute to a,               of how many marine mammals would
                                               direction of travel, is likely to enter the             above, or to reducing the severity of                 be affected by seismic airguns and other
                                               exclusion zone, the Langseth would                      harassment takes only).                               active acoustic sources and the
                                               change speed and/or direction if this                      5. Avoidance or minimization of                    likelihood of associating those
                                               does not compromise operational safety.                 adverse effects to marine mammal                      exposures with specific adverse effects,
                                               Due to the limited maneuverability of                   habitat, paying special attention to the              such as behavioral harassment,
                                               the primary survey vessel, altering                     food base, activities that block or limit             temporary or permanent threshold shift;
                                               speed, and/or course can result in an                   passage to or from biologically                          3. An increase in our understanding
                                               extended period of time to realign the                  important areas, permanent destruction                of how marine mammals respond to
                                               Langseth to the transect line. However,                 of habitat, or temporary destruction/                 stimuli that we expect to result in take
                                               if the animal(s) appear likely to enter                 disturbance of habitat during a                       and how those anticipated adverse
                                               the exclusion zone, the Langseth would                  biologically important time.                          effects on individuals (in different ways
                                               undertake further mitigation actions,                      6. For monitoring directly related to              and to varying degrees) may impact the
                                               including a power down or shut down                     mitigation—an increase in the                         population, species, or stock
                                               of the airguns.                                         probability of detecting marine                       (specifically through effects on annual
                                                                                                       mammals, thus allowing for more                       rates of recruitment or survival) through
                                               Mitigation Conclusions                                  effective implementation of the                       any of the following methods:
                                                  NMFS has carefully evaluated                         mitigation.                                              a. Behavioral observations in the
                                               Lamont-Doherty’s proposed mitigation                       Based on the evaluation of Lamont-                 presence of stimuli compared to
                                               measures in the context of ensuring that                Doherty’s proposed measures, as well as               observations in the absence of stimuli
                                               we prescribe the means of effecting the                 other measures proposed by NMFS (i.e.,                (i.e., to be able to accurately predict
                                               least practicable impact on the affected                special procedures for concentrations of              received level, distance from source,
                                               marine mammal species and stocks and                    large whales), NMFS has preliminarily                 and other pertinent information);
                                               their habitat. Our evaluation of potential              determined that the proposed mitigation                  b. Physiological measurements in the
                                               measures included consideration of the                  measures provide the means of effecting               presence of stimuli compared to
                                               following factors in relation to one                    the least practicable impact on marine                observations in the absence of stimuli
                                               another:                                                mammal species or stocks and their                    (i.e., to be able to accurately predict
                                                  • The manner in which, and the                       habitat, paying particular attention to               received level, distance from source,
                                               degree to which, the successful                         rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of               and other pertinent information);
                                               implementation of the measure is                        similar significance.                                    c. Distribution and/or abundance
                                               expected to minimize adverse impacts                                                                          comparisons in times or areas with
                                                                                                       Proposed Monitoring
                                               to marine mammals;                                                                                            concentrated stimuli versus times or
                                                  • The proven or likely efficacy of the                  In order to issue an Incidental                    areas without stimuli;
                                               specific measure to minimize adverse                    Harassment Authorization for an                          4. An increased knowledge of the
                                               impacts as planned; and                                 activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the                 affected species; and
                                                  • The practicability of the measure                  MMPA states that NMFS must set forth                     5. An increase in our understanding
                                               for applicant implementation.                           ‘‘requirements pertaining to the                      of the effectiveness of certain mitigation
                                                  Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed                 monitoring and reporting of such                      and monitoring measures.
                                               by NMFS should be able to accomplish,                   taking.’’ The MMPA implementing
                                                                                                                                                             Proposed Monitoring Measures
                                               have a reasonable likelihood of                         regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13)
                                               accomplishing (based on current                         indicate that requests for Authorizations                Lamont-Doherty proposes to sponsor
                                               science), or contribute to the                          must include the suggested means of                   marine mammal monitoring during the
                                               accomplishment of one or more of the                    accomplishing the necessary monitoring                present project to supplement the
                                               general goals listed here:                              and reporting that will result in                     mitigation measures that require real-
                                                  1. Avoidance or minimization of                      increased knowledge of the species and                time monitoring, and to satisfy the
                                               injury or death of marine mammals                       of the level of taking or impacts on                  monitoring requirements of the
                                               wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may                populations of marine mammals that we                 Authorization. Lamont-Doherty
                                               contribute to this goal).                               expect to be present in the proposed                  understands that NMFS would review
                                                  2. A reduction in the numbers of                     action area.                                          the monitoring plan and may require
                                               marine mammals (total number or                            Lamont-Doherty submitted a marine                  refinements to the plan. Lamont-
                                               number at biologically important time                   mammal monitoring plan in section XIII                Doherty planned the monitoring work as
                                               or location) exposed to airgun                          of the Authorization application. NMFS,               a self-contained project independent of
                                               operations that we expect to result in                  NSF, or Lamont-Doherty may modify or                  any other related monitoring projects
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               the take of marine mammals (this goal                   supplement the plan based on                          that may occur in the same regions at
                                               may contribute to 1, above, or to                       comments or new information received                  the same time. Further, Lamont-Doherty
                                               reducing harassment takes only).                        from the public during the public                     is prepared to discuss coordination of
                                                  3. A reduction in the number of times                comment period.                                       its monitoring program with any other
                                               (total number or number at biologically                    Monitoring measures prescribed by                  related work that might be conducted by
                                               important time or location) individuals                 NMFS should accomplish one or more                    other groups working insofar as it is
                                               would be exposed to airgun operations                   of the following general goals:                       practical for Lamont-Doherty.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75378                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               Vessel-Based Passive Acoustic                           streamer. Should the digital streamer                 sighting cue, apparent reaction to the
                                               Monitoring                                              fail, back-up systems should include an               airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance,
                                                  Passive acoustic monitoring would                    analog spare streamer and a hull-                     approach, paralleling, etc.), and
                                               complement the visual mitigation                        mounted hydrophone.                                   behavioral pace.
                                               monitoring program, when practicable.                      One acoustic observer would monitor                   2. Time, location, heading, speed,
                                                                                                       the acoustic detection system by                      activity of the vessel, sea state,
                                               Visual monitoring typically is not
                                                                                                       listening to the signals from two                     visibility, and sun glare.
                                               effective during periods of poor
                                                                                                       channels via headphones and/or                           The observer will record the data
                                               visibility or at night, and even with
                                                                                                       speakers and watching the real-time                   listed under (2) at the start and end of
                                               good visibility, is unable to detect
                                                                                                       spectrographic display for frequency                  each observation watch, and during a
                                               marine mammals when they are below
                                                                                                       ranges produced by cetaceans. The                     watch whenever there is a change in one
                                               the surface or beyond visual range.
                                                                                                       observer monitoring the acoustical data               or more of the variables.
                                               Passive acoustical monitoring can                                                                                Observers will record all observations
                                                                                                       would be on shift for one to six hours
                                               improve detection, identification, and                                                                        and power downs or shutdowns in a
                                                                                                       at a time. The other observers would
                                               localization of cetaceans when used in                                                                        standardized format and will enter data
                                                                                                       rotate as an acoustic observer, although
                                               conjunction with visual observations.                   the expert acoustician would be on                    into an electronic database. The
                                               The passive acoustic monitoring would                   passive acoustic monitoring duty more                 observers will verify the accuracy of the
                                               serve to alert visual observers (if on                  frequently.                                           data entry by computerized data validity
                                               duty) when vocalizing cetaceans are                        When the acoustic observer detects a               checks during data entry and by
                                               detected. It is only useful when marine                 vocalization while visual observations                subsequent manual checking of the
                                               mammals call, but it can be effective                   are in progress, the acoustic observer on             database. These procedures will allow
                                               either by day or by night, and does not                 duty would contact the visual observer                the preparation of initial summaries of
                                               depend on good visibility. The acoustic                 immediately, to alert him/her to the                  data during and shortly after the field
                                               observer would monitor the system in                    presence of cetaceans (if they have not               program, and will facilitate transfer of
                                               real time so that he/she can advise the                 already been seen), so that the vessel’s              the data to statistical, graphical, and
                                               visual observers if they acoustically                   crew can initiate a power down or                     other programs for further processing
                                               detect cetaceans.                                       shutdown, if required. The observer                   and archiving.
                                                  The passive acoustic monitoring                      would enter the information regarding                    Results from the vessel-based
                                               system consists of hardware (i.e.,                      the call into a database. Data entry                  observations will provide:
                                               hydrophones) and software. The ‘‘wet                    would include an acoustic encounter                      1. The basis for real-time mitigation
                                               end’’ of the system consists of a towed                 identification number, whether it was                 (airgun power down or shutdown).
                                               hydrophone array connected to the                       linked with a visual sighting, date, time                2. Information needed to estimate the
                                               vessel by a tow cable. The tow cable is                 when first and last heard and whenever                number of marine mammals potentially
                                               250 m (820.2 ft) long and the                           any additional information was                        taken by harassment, which Lamont-
                                               hydrophones are fitted in the last 10 m                 recorded, position and water depth                    Doherty must report to the Office of
                                               (32.8 ft) of cable. A depth gauge,                      when first detected, bearing if                       Protected Resources.
                                               attached to the free end of the cable,                  determinable, species or species group                   3. Data on the occurrence,
                                               typically towed at depths less than 20                  (e.g., unidentified dolphin, sperm                    distribution, and activities of marine
                                               m (65.6 ft). The Langseth crew would                    whale), types and nature of sounds                    mammals and turtles in the area where
                                               deploy the array from a winch located                   heard (e.g., clicks, continuous, sporadic,            Lamont-Doherty would conduct the
                                               on the back deck. A deck cable would                    whistles, creaks, burst pulses, strength              seismic study.
                                               connect the tow cable to the electronics                of signal, etc.), and any other notable                  4. Information to compare the
                                               unit in the main computer lab where the                 information. Acousticians record the                  distance and distribution of marine
                                               acoustic station, signal conditioning,                  acoustic detection for further analysis.              mammals and turtles relative to the
                                               and processing system would be                                                                                source vessel at times with and without
                                               located. The Pamguard software                          Observer Data and Documentation                       seismic activity.
                                               amplifies, digitizes, and then processes                  Observers would record data to                         5. Data on the behavior and
                                               the acoustic signals received by the                    estimate the numbers of marine                        movement patterns of marine mammals
                                               hydrophones. The system can detect                      mammals exposed to various received                   detected during non-active and active
                                               marine mammal vocalizations at                          sound levels and to document apparent                 seismic operations.
                                               frequencies up to 250 kHz.                              disturbance reactions or lack thereof.
                                                  One acoustic observer, an expert                                                                           Proposed Reporting
                                                                                                       They would use the data to help better
                                               bioacoustician with primary                             understand the impacts of the activity                   Lamont-Doherty would submit a
                                               responsibility for the passive acoustic                 on marine mammals and to estimate                     report to us and to NSF within 90 days
                                               monitoring system would be aboard the                   numbers of animals potentially ‘taken’                after the end of the cruise. The report
                                               Langseth in addition to the other visual                by harassment (as defined in the                      would describe the operations
                                               observers who would rotate monitoring                   MMPA). They will also provide                         conducted and sightings of marine
                                               duties. The acoustic observer would                     information needed to order a power                   mammals near the operations. The
                                               monitor the towed hydrophones 24                        down or shut down of the airguns when                 report would provide full
                                               hours per day during airgun operations                  a marine mammal is within or near the                 documentation of methods, results, and
                                               and during most periods when the                        exclusion zone.                                       interpretation pertaining to all
                                               Langseth is underway while the airguns                    When an observer makes a sighting,                  monitoring. The 90-day report would
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               are not operating. However, passive                     they will record the following                        summarize the dates and locations of
                                               acoustic monitoring may not be possible                 information:                                          seismic operations, and all marine
                                               if damage occurs to both the primary                      1. Species, group size, age/size/sex                mammal sightings (dates, times,
                                               and back-up hydrophone arrays during                    categories (if determinable), behavior                locations, activities, associated seismic
                                               operations. The primary passive                         when first sighted and after initial                  survey activities). The report would also
                                               acoustic monitoring streamer on the                     sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing            include estimates of the number and
                                               Langseth is a digital hydrophone                        and distance from seismic vessel,                     nature of exposures that occurred above


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                             75379

                                               the harassment threshold based on the                     prohibited take and ensure MMPA                       Estimated Take by Incidental
                                               observations.                                             compliance. Lamont-Doherty may not                    Harassment
                                                  In the unanticipated event that the                    resume their activities until notified by
                                               specified activity clearly causes the take                                                                         Except with respect to certain
                                                                                                         us via letter, email, or telephone.
                                               of a marine mammal in a manner not                                                                              activities not pertinent here, section
                                                                                                            In the event that Lamont-Doherty                   3(18) the MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’
                                               permitted by the authorization (if                        discovers an injured or dead marine
                                               issued), such as an injury, serious                                                                             as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or
                                                                                                         mammal, and the lead visual observer                  annoyance which (i) has the potential to
                                               injury, or mortality (e.g., ship-strike,                  determines that the cause of the injury
                                               gear interaction, and/or entanglement),                                                                         injure a marine mammal or marine
                                                                                                         or death is unknown and the death is                  mammal stock in the wild [Level A
                                               Lamont-Doherty shall immediately                          relatively recent (i.e., in less than a
                                               cease the specified activities and                                                                              harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to
                                                                                                         moderate state of decomposition as we                 disturb a marine mammal or marine
                                               immediately report the take to the Chief                  describe in the next paragraph), Lamont-
                                               Permits and Conservation Division,                                                                              mammal stock in the wild by causing
                                                                                                         Doherty will immediately report the                   disruption of behavioral patterns,
                                               Office of Protected Resources, NMFS.                      incident to the Chief Permits and
                                               The report must include the following                                                                           including, but not limited to, migration,
                                                                                                         Conservation Division, Office of                      breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
                                               information:                                              Protected Resources, NMFS. The report
                                                  • Time, date, and location (latitude/                                                                        sheltering [Level B harassment].
                                                                                                         must include the same information                        Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased
                                               longitude) of the incident;                               identified in the paragraph above this
                                                  • Name and type of vessel involved;                                                                          underwater sound) generated during the
                                                                                                         section. Activities may continue while
                                                  • Vessel’s speed during and leading                                                                          operation of the airgun array may have
                                                                                                         NMFS reviews the circumstances of the                 the potential to result in the behavioral
                                               up to the incident;
                                                                                                         incident. NMFS would work with
                                                  • Description of the incident;                                                                               disturbance of some marine mammals
                                                                                                         Lamont-Doherty to determine whether
                                                  • Status of all sound source use in the                                                                      and may have an even smaller potential
                                                                                                         modifications in the activities are                   to result in permanent threshold shift
                                               24 hours preceding the incident;
                                                                                                         appropriate.
                                                  • Water depth;                                                                                               (non-lethal injury) of some marine
                                                  • Environmental conditions (e.g.,                         In the event that Lamont-Doherty                   mammals. NMFS expects that the
                                               wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                    discovers an injured or dead marine                   proposed mitigation and monitoring
                                               state, cloud cover, and visibility);                      mammal, and the lead visual observer                  measures would minimize the
                                                  • Description of all marine mammal                     determines that the injury or death is                possibility of injurious or lethal takes.
                                               observations in the 24 hours preceding                    not associated with or related to the                 However, NMFS cannot discount the
                                               the incident;                                             authorized activities (e.g., previously               possibility (albeit small) that exposure
                                                  • Species identification or                            wounded animal, carcass with moderate                 to energy from the proposed survey
                                               description of the animal(s) involved;                    to advanced decomposition, or                         could result in non-lethal injury (Level
                                                  • Fate of the animal(s); and                           scavenger damage), Lamont-Doherty                     A harassment). Thus, NMFS proposes to
                                                  • Photographs or video footage of the                  would report the incident to the Chief                authorize take by Level B harassment
                                               animal(s) (if equipment is available).                    Permits and Conservation Division,                    and Level A harassment resulting from
                                                  Lamont-Doherty shall not resume its                    Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,                  the operation of the sound sources for
                                               activities until we are able to review the                within 24 hours of the discovery.                     the proposed seismic survey based upon
                                               circumstances of the prohibited take.                     Lamont-Doherty would provide                          the current acoustic exposure criteria
                                               We shall work with Lamont-Doherty to                      photographs or video footage (if                      shown in Table 4 subject to the
                                               determine what is necessary to                            available) or other documentation of the              limitations in take described in Table 5
                                               minimize the likelihood of further                        stranded animal sighting to NMFS.                     later in this notice.

                                                                                           TABLE 4—NMFS’ CURRENT ACOUSTIC EXPOSURE CRITERIA
                                                          Criterion                                       Criterion definition                                               Threshold

                                               Level A Harassment (Injury)           Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS) (Any level above that              180 dB re 1 microPa-m (cetaceans)/190 dB re 1
                                                                                       which is known to cause TTS).                                      microPa-m (pinnipeds) root mean square (rms)
                                               Level B Harassment ............       Behavioral Disruption (for impulse noises) .....................   160 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms)



                                                 NMFS’ practice is to apply the 160 dB                   Acknowledging Uncertainties in                        numbers of individuals harassed and
                                               re: 1 mPa received level threshold for                    Estimating Take                                       the instances of harassment can be
                                               underwater impulse sound levels to                                                                              difficult to parse. Moreover, when one
                                               predict whether behavioral disturbance                       Given the many uncertainties in                    considers the duration of the activity, in
                                               that rises to the level of Level B                        predicting the quantity and types of                  the absence of information to predict the
                                               harassment is likely to occur. NMFS’                      impacts of sound on marine mammals,                   degree to which individual animals are
                                               practice is to apply the 180 dB or 190                    it is common practice to estimate how                 likely exposed repeatedly on subsequent
                                               dB re: 1 mPa received level threshold for                 many animals are likely to be present                 days, the simple assumption is that
                                                                                                         within a particular distance of a given               entirely new animals are exposed in
                                               underwater impulse sound levels to
                                                                                                         activity, or exposed to a particular level            every day, which results in a take
                                               predict whether permanent threshold
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                         of sound and use that information to                  estimate that in some circumstances
                                               shift (auditory injury), which we
                                                                                                         predict how many animals are taken. In                overestimates the number of individuals
                                               consider as Level A harassment is likely
                                                                                                         practice, depending on the amount of                  harassed.
                                               to occur.
                                                                                                         information available to characterize                    The following sections describe
                                                                                                         daily and seasonal movement and                       NMFS’ methods to estimate take by
                                                                                                         distribution of affected marine                       incidental harassment. We base these
                                                                                                         mammals, distinguishing between the                   estimates on the number of marine


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015     Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75380                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               mammals that potentially harassed by                    exposures to received levels greater than             model generated instances of take for
                                               seismic operations with the airgun array                or equal to 160-dB re: 1 mPa on a given               some species that were less than one
                                               during approximately 3,236 km (2,028                    day;                                                  over the 28-day duration. Those species
                                               mi) of transect lines in the South                         (3) Multiply each product (i.e., the               include the humpback, blue, Bryde’s,
                                               Atlantic Ocean.                                         expected number of instances of                       pygmy sperm, and dwarf sperm whale.
                                                  Modeled Number of Instances of                       exposures within a day) by the number                 NMFS used data based on dedicated
                                               Exposures: Lamont-Doherty would                         of survey days that includes a 25                     survey sighting information from the
                                               conduct the proposed seismic survey                     percent contingency (i.e., a total of six             Atlantic Marine Assessment Program for
                                               within the high seas in the South                       days for the five OBS tracklines and a                Protected Species (AMAPPS) surveys in
                                               Atlantic Ocean. NMFS presents                           total of 22 days for the MCS trackline)               2010, 2011, and 2013 (AMAPPS, 2010,
                                               estimates of the anticipated numbers of                 to derive the predicted number of                     2011, 2013) to estimate take and
                                               instances that marine mammals could                     instances of exposures over the duration              assumed that Lamont-Doherty could
                                               be exposed to sound levels greater than                 of the survey;                                        potentially encounter one group of each
                                               or equal to 160, 180, and 190 dB re: 1                     (4) Multiply the daily ensonified area             species during the proposed seismic
                                               mPa during the proposed seismic survey.                 by each species-specific density to                   survey. NMFS believes it is reasonable
                                               Table 5 represents the numbers of                       derive the predicted number of                        to use the average (mean) group size
                                               instances of take that NMFS proposes to                 instances of exposures to received levels
                                                                                                                                                             (weighted by effort and rounded up)
                                               authorize for this survey within the                    greater than or equal to 180-dB re: 1 mPa
                                                                                                                                                             from the AMMAPS surveys for
                                               South Atlantic Ocean.                                   for cetaceans on a given day (i.e., Level
                                                                                                                                                             humpback whale (3), blue whale (2),
                                                  NMFS’ Take Estimate Method for                       A takes). This calculation includes a
                                                                                                                                                             Bryde’s whale (2), pygmy sperm whale
                                               Species with Density Information: In                    daily ensonified area of approximately
                                                                                                                                                             (2), and dwarf sperm whale (2) to derive
                                               order to estimate the potential number                  207 km2 (80 mi2) for the five OBS
                                                                                                       tracklines and 281 km2 (108 mi2) for the              a reasonable estimate of take for
                                               of instances that marine mammals could                                                                        eruptive occurrences.
                                               be exposed to airgun sounds above the                   MCS trackline.
                                                                                                          (5) Multiply each product by the                      Take Estimates for Species with No
                                               160-dB Level B harassment threshold
                                                                                                       number of survey days that includes a                 Density Information: Density
                                               and the 180-dB Level A harassment
                                                                                                       25 percent contingency (i.e., a total of              information for the Southern right
                                               thresholds, NMFS used the following
                                                                                                       six days for the five OBS tracklines and              whale, southern elephant seal, and
                                               approach for species with density
                                                                                                       a total of 22 days for the MCS trackline).            Subantarctic fur seal in the South
                                               estimates derived from the Navy’s                       Subtract that product from the predicted              Atlantic Ocean is data poor or non-
                                               Atlantic Fleet Training and Testing                     number of instances of exposures to                   existent. When density estimates were
                                               Navy Marine Species Density Database                    received levels greater than or equal to              not available, NMFS used data based on
                                               maps for the survey area in the Southern                160-dB re: 1 mPa on a given day to
                                               Atlantic Ocean. NMFS used the highest                                                                         dedicated survey sighting information
                                                                                                       derive the number of instances of                     from the Atlantic Marine Assessment
                                               density range for each species within                   exposures estimated to occur between
                                               the survey area.                                                                                              Program for Protected Species
                                                                                                       160 and 180-dB threshold (i.e., Level B               (AMAPPS) surveys in 2010, 2011, and
                                                  (1) Calculate the total area that the                takes).
                                               Langseth would ensonify above the 160-                                                                        2013 (AMAPPS, 2010, 2011, 2013) to
                                                                                                          In many cases, this estimate of                    estimate take for the three species.
                                               dB Level B harassment threshold and                     instances of exposures is likely an
                                               above the 180-dB Level A harassment                                                                           NMFS assumed that Lamont-Doherty
                                                                                                       overestimate of the number of                         could potentially encounter one group
                                               threshold for cetaceans within a 24-hour                individuals that are taken, because it
                                               period. This calculation includes a daily                                                                     of each species during the seismic
                                                                                                       assumes 100 percent turnover in the                   survey. NMFS believes it is reasonable
                                               ensonified area of approximately 1,377                  area every day, (i.e., that each new day
                                               square kilometers (km2) (532 square                                                                           to use the average (mean) group size
                                                                                                       results in takes of entirely new                      (weighted by effort and rounded up) for
                                               miles [mi2]) for the five OBS tracklines                individuals with no repeat takes of the
                                               and 1,839 km2 (710 mi2) for the MCS                                                                           North Atlantic right whales (3) from the
                                                                                                       same individuals over the 22-day period
                                               trackline based on the Langseth                                                                               AMMAPS surveys for the Southern right
                                                                                                       (28 days with contingency). It is
                                               traveling approximately 150 km [93 mi]                                                                        whale and the mean group size for
                                                                                                       difficult to quantify to what degree this
                                               in one day). Generally, the Langseth                                                                          unidentified seals (2) from the
                                                                                                       method overestimates the number of
                                               travels approximately 137 km (85 mi) in                                                                       AMMAPS surveys for southern elephant
                                                                                                       individuals potentially taken. Except as
                                               one day while conducting a seismic                                                                            and Subantarctic fur seals multiplied by
                                                                                                       described later for a few specific
                                               survey, thus, NMFS’ estimate of a daily                 species, NMFS uses this number of                     28 days to derive an estimate of take
                                               ensonified area based on 150 km is an                   instances as the estimate of individuals              from a potential encounter.
                                               estimation of the theoretical maximum                   (and authorized take) even though                        NMFS used sighting information from
                                               that the Langseth could travel within 24                NMFS is aware that the number may be                  a survey off Namibia, Africa (Rose and
                                               hours.                                                  somewhat high due to the use of the                   Payne, 1991) to estimate a mean group
                                                  (2) Multiply each daily ensonified                   maximum density estimate from the                     size for southern right whale dolphins
                                               area above the 160-dB Level B                           NMSDD.                                                (58) and also multiplied that estimate by
                                               harassment threshold by the species’                       Take Estimates for Species with Less               28 days to derive an estimate of take
                                               density (animals/km2) to derive the                     than One Instance of Exposure: Using                  from a potential encounter with that
                                               predicted number of instances of                        the approach described earlier, the                   species.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                                      75381

                                                TABLE 5—DENSITIES AND/OR MEAN GROUP SIZE, AND ESTIMATES OF THE POSSIBLE NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS AND
                                                   POPULATION PERCENTAGES EXPOSED TO SOUND LEVELS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 160 dB re: 1 μPa OVER 28
                                                   DAYS DURING THE PROPOSED SEISMIC SURVEY IN THE SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN
                                                                                                                              [January through March, 2016]

                                                                                                                                   Modeled number
                                                                                                                                    of instances of
                                                                                                                    Density          exposures to               Proposed          Proposed        Percent of    Population
                                                                        Species                                                     sound levels ≥
                                                                                                                   estimate 1                                 Level A take 3    Level B take 3   population 4    trend 5
                                                                                                                                    160, 180, and
                                                                                                                                        190 dB 2

                                               Antarctic minke whale ................................                 0.054983            2,276,396,    –               396             2,276           0.519   Unknown.
                                               Blue whale .................................................           0.000032                  4, 0,   –                 0                 4           2.074   Unknown.
                                               Bryde’s whale .............................................            0.000262                 56, 0,   –                 0                56           0.128   Unknown.
                                               Common minke whale ...............................                     0.054983            2,276,396,    –               396             2,276           0.519   Unknown.
                                               Fin whale ....................................................         0.002888               106, 28,   –                28               106           0.609   Unknown.
                                               Humpback whale .......................................                 0.000078                  6, 0,   –                 0                 6           0.200   ↑
                                               Sei whale ...................................................          0.002688               106, 28,   –                28               106           1.340   Unknown.
                                               Southern right whale ..................................                      NA                 84, 0,   –                 0                84           0.700   Unknown.
                                               Sperm whale ..............................................             0.001214                 50, 0,   –                 0                50           0.014   Unknown.
                                               Dwarf sperm whale ....................................                 0.000041                  4, 0,   –                 0                 4           1.480   Unknown.
                                               Pygmy sperm whale ..................................                   0.000021                  4, 0,   –                 0                 4           1.480   Unknown.
                                               Cuvier’s beaked whale ...............................                  0.003831               156, 28,   –                28               156           0.031   Unknown.
                                               Andrew’s beaked whale .............................                    0.000511                 28, 0,   –                 0                28           0.005   Unknown.
                                               Arnoux’s beaked whale ..............................                   0.000956                 28, 0,   –                 0                28           0.005   Unknown.
                                               Blainville’s beaked whale ...........................                  0.000663                 28, 0,   –                 0                28           0.005   Unknown.
                                               Gervais’ beaked whale ..............................                   0.001334                 56, 0,   –                 0                56           0.009   Unknown.
                                               Gray’s beaked whale .................................                  0.000944                 28, 0,   –                 0                28           0.005   Unknown.
                                               Hector’s beaked whale ..............................                   0.000246                  0, 0,   –                 0                 0           0.000   Unknown.
                                               Shepherd’s beaked whale .........................                      0.000816                 28, 0,   –                 0                28           0.005   Unknown.
                                               Strap-toothed beaked whale ......................                      0.000638                 28, 0,   –                 0                28           0.005   Unknown.
                                               True’s beaked whale ..................................                 0.000876                 28, 0,   –                 0                28           0.005   Unknown.
                                               Southern bottlenose whale ........................                     0.000917                 28, 0,   –                 0                28           0.005   Unknown.
                                               Bottlenose dolphin .....................................               0.020744             848, 156,    –               156               848           0.167   Unknown.
                                               Rough-toothed dolphin ...............................                  0.000418                 22, 0,   –                 0                22           8.118   Unknown.
                                               Pantropical spotted dolphin .......................                    0.003674              156, 28,    –                28               156           5.521   Unknown.
                                               Striped dolphin ...........................................            0.174771         7,208, 1,294,    –             1,294             7,208          15.513   Unknown.
                                               Fraser’s dolphin .........................................             0.001568                 56, 0,   –                 0                56           0.019   Unknown.
                                               Spinner dolphin ..........................................             0.006255               262, 50,   –                50               262           0.026   Unknown.
                                               Atlantic spotted dolphin ..............................                0.023756             982, 184,    –               184               982           2.608   Unknown.
                                               Clymene dolphin ........................................               0.000258                  0, 0,   –                 0                 0           0.000   Unknown.
                                               Risso’s dolphin ...........................................            0.037399           1,540, 290,    –               290             1,540           8.844   Unknown.
                                               Long-beaked common dolphin ..................                          0.000105                  0, 0,   –                 0                 0           0.000   Unknown.
                                               Short-beaked common dolphin ..................                         0.129873           5,356, 954,    –               954             5,356           3.637   Unknown.
                                               Southern right whale dolphin .....................                           NA              1,624, 0,   –                 0             1,624        Unknown    Unknown.
                                               Melon-headed whale ..................................                  0.006285              262, 50,    –                50               262           0.624   Unknown.
                                               Pygmy killer whale .....................................               0.001039                 50, 0,   –                 0                50           1.395   Unknown.
                                               False killer whale .......................................             0.000158                  0, 0,   –                 0                 0           0.000   Unknown.
                                               Killer whale .................................................         0.003312              134, 28,    –                28               134           0.324   Unknown.
                                               Long-finned pilot whale ..............................                 0.007614               318, 56,   –                56               318           0.187   Unknown.
                                               Short-finned pilot whale .............................                 0.015616             636, 106,    –               106               636           0.371   Unknown.
                                               Southern Elephant Seal .............................                         NA                  4, 0,   0                 0                 4           0.001   Unknown.
                                               Subantarctic fur seal ..................................                     NA                  4, 0,   0                 0                 4           0.001   Unknown.
                                                 1 Densities (where available) are expressed as number of individuals per km2. Densities estimated from the Navy’s Atlantic Fleet Training and
                                               Testing Navy Marine Species Density Database maps for the survey area in the Southern Atlantic Ocean. NA = Not available.
                                                 2 See preceding text for information on NMFS’ take estimate calculations. NA = Not applicable.
                                                 3 Modeled instances of exposures include adjustments for species with no density information. The Level A estimates are overestimates of pre-
                                               dicted impacts to marine mammals as the estimates do not take into consideration the required mitigation measures for shutdowns or power
                                               downs if a marine mammal is likely to enter the 180 dB exclusion zone while the airguns are active.
                                                 4 Table 2 in this notice lists the stock species abundance estimates used in calculating the percentage of the population.
                                                 5 Population trend information from Waring et al., 2015. ↑= Increasing. ↓ = Decreasing. Unknown = Insufficient data.




                                                 Lamont-Doherty did not estimate any                                 airguns are not operating) and in                         believe it is necessary to authorize
                                               additional take from sound sources                                    between transits to each of the five OBS                  additional takes for entanglement at this
                                               other than airguns. NMFS does not                                     tracklines, and, therefore, NMFS does                     time.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               expect the sound levels produced by the                               not anticipate additional takes from                        The Langseth will operate at a
                                               echosounder and sub-bottom profiler to                                these sources in this particular case.                    relatively slow speed (typically 4.6
                                               exceed the sound levels produced by                                      NMFS considers the probability for                     knots [8.5 km/h; 5.3 mph]) when
                                               the airguns. Lamont-Doherty will not                                  entanglement of marine mammals as                         conducting the survey. Protected
                                               operate the multibeam echosounder and                                 low because of the vessel speed and the                   species observers would monitor for
                                               sub-bottom profiler during transits to                                monitoring efforts onboard the survey                     marine mammals, which would trigger
                                               and from the survey area, (i.e., when the                             vessel. Therefore, NMFS does not                          mitigation measures, including vessel


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014        20:48 Nov 30, 2015        Jkt 238001       PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM    01DEN2


                                               75382                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               avoidance where safe. Therefore, NMFS                   5, given that NMFS expects the                        distances from the airgun(s) than are
                                               does not anticipate nor do we authorize                 anticipated effects of the seismic airguns            those of mysticetes, in part because
                                               takes of marine mammals from vessel                     to be similar in nature. Where there are              odontocete low-frequency hearing is
                                               strike.                                                 meaningful differences between species                assumed to be less sensitive than that of
                                                  There is no evidence that the planned                or stocks, or groups of species, in                   mysticetes. Given sufficient notice
                                               survey activities could result in serious               anticipated individual responses to                   through relatively slow ship speed,
                                               injury or mortality within the specified                activities, impact of expected take on                NMFS generally expects marine
                                               geographic area for the requested                       the population due to differences in                  mammals to move away from a noise
                                               proposed Authorization. The required                    population status, or impacts on habitat,             source that is annoying prior to
                                               mitigation and monitoring measures                      NMFS has identified species-specific                  becoming potentially injurious,
                                               would minimize any potential risk for                   factors to inform the analysis.                       although Level A takes for a small group
                                               serious injury or mortality.                               Given the required mitigation and                  of species are proposed for
                                                                                                       related monitoring, NMFS does not                     authorization here.
                                               Preliminary Analysis and                                anticipate that serious injury or
                                               Determinations                                                                                                   Potential impacts to marine mammal
                                                                                                       mortality would occur as a result of                  habitat were discussed previously in
                                               Negligible Impact                                       Lamont-Doherty’s proposed seismic                     this document (see the ‘‘Anticipated
                                                                                                       survey in the South Atlantic Ocean.                   Effects on Habitat’’ section). Although
                                                  Negligible impact is ‘‘an impact                     Thus the proposed authorization does
                                               resulting from the specified activity that                                                                    some disturbance is possible to food
                                                                                                       not authorize any mortality.                          sources of marine mammals, the
                                               cannot be reasonably expected to, and is                   NMFS’ predicted estimates for Level
                                               not reasonably likely to, adversely affect                                                                    impacts are anticipated to be minor
                                                                                                       A harassment take for some species are                enough as to not affect annual rates of
                                               the species or stock through effects on                 likely overestimates of the injury that
                                               annual rates of recruitment or survival’’                                                                     recruitment or survival of marine
                                                                                                       will occur. NMFS expects that
                                               (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of likely                                                                          mammals in the area. Based on the size
                                                                                                       successful implementation of the
                                               adverse effects on annual rates of                                                                            of the South Atlantic Ocean where
                                                                                                       required visual and acoustic mitigation
                                               recruitment or survival (i.e., population                                                                     feeding by marine mammals occurs
                                                                                                       measures would avoid Level A take in
                                               level effects) forms the basis of a                                                                           versus the localized area of the marine
                                                                                                       some instances. Also, NMFS expects
                                               negligible impact finding. Thus, an                                                                           survey activities, any missed feeding
                                                                                                       that some individuals would avoid the
                                               estimate of the number of takes, alone,                                                                       opportunities in the direct project area
                                                                                                       source at levels expected to result in
                                               is not enough information on which to                                                                         will be minor based on the fact that
                                                                                                       injury. Nonetheless, although NMFS
                                               base an impact determination. In                                                                              other feeding areas exist elsewhere.
                                                                                                       expects that Level A harassment is
                                               addition to considering estimates of the                                                                      Taking into account the planned
                                                                                                       unlikely to occur at the numbers
                                               number of marine mammals that might                     proposed to be authorized, because it is              mitigation measures, effects on
                                               be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral                         difficult to quantify the degree to which             cetaceans are generally expected to be
                                               harassment, NMFS must consider other                    the mitigation and avoidance will                     restricted to avoidance of a limited area
                                               factors, such as the likely nature of any               reduce the number of animals that                     around the survey operation and short-
                                               responses (their intensity, duration,                   might incur PTS, we are proposing to                  term changes in behavior, falling within
                                               etc.), the context of any responses                     authorize (and analyze) the modeled                   the MMPA definition of ‘‘Level B
                                               (critical reproductive time or location,                number of Level A takes, which does                   harassment.’’ Animals are not expected
                                               migration, etc.), as well as the number                 not take the mitigation or avoidance into             to permanently abandon any area that is
                                               and nature of estimated Level A                         consideration. However, because of the                surveyed, and any behaviors that are
                                               harassment takes, the number of                         constant movement of the Langseth and                 interrupted during the activity are
                                               estimated mortalities, effects on habitat,              the animals, as well as the fact that the             expected to resume once the activity
                                               and the status of the species.                          boat is not staying in any one area in                ceases. Only a small portion of marine
                                                  In making a negligible impact                        which individuals would be expected to                mammal habitat will be affected at any
                                               determination, NMFS considers:                          concentrate for any long amount of time               time, and other areas within the South
                                                  • The number of anticipated injuries,                (i.e., since the duration of exposure to              Atlantic Ocean would be available for
                                               serious injuries, or mortalities;                       loud sounds will be relatively short), we             necessary biological functions.
                                                  • The number, nature, and intensity,                 anticipate that any PTS incurred, would                  Pinnipeds. During foraging trips,
                                               and duration of harassment; and                         be in the form of only a small degree of              extralimital pinnipeds may not react at
                                                  • The context in which the takes                     permanent threshold shift and not total               all to the sound from the proposed
                                               occur (e.g., impacts to areas of                        deafness.                                             survey or may alert, ignore the stimulus,
                                               significance, impacts to local                             Of the marine mammal species under                 change their behavior, or avoid the
                                               populations, and cumulative impacts                     our jurisdiction that are known to occur              immediate area by swimming away or
                                               when taking into account successive/                    or likely to occur in the study area, the             diving. Behavioral responses can range
                                               contemporaneous actions when added                      following species are listed as                       from a mild orienting response, or a
                                               to baseline data);                                      endangered under the ESA: blue, fin,                  shifting of attention, to flight and panic.
                                                  • The status of stock or species of                  humpback, sei, Southern right whale,                  Research and observations show that
                                               marine mammals (i.e., depleted, not                     and sperm whales. The western north                   pinnipeds in the water are tolerant of
                                               depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable,               Atlantic population of humpback                       anthropogenic noise and activity. They
                                               impact relative to the size of the                      whales is known to be increasing. The                 may react in a number of ways
                                               population);                                            other marine mammal species that may                  depending on their experience with the
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                                  • Impacts on habitat affecting rates of              be taken by harassment during Lamont-                 sound source and what activity they are
                                               recruitment/survival; and                               Doherty’s seismic survey program are                  engaged in at the time of the exposure.
                                                  • The effectiveness of monitoring and                not listed as threatened or endangered                Significant behavioral effects are more
                                               mitigation measures to reduce the                       under the ESA.                                        likely at higher received levels within a
                                               number or severity of incidental takes.                    Cetaceans. Odontocete reactions to                 few kilometers of the source and
                                                  To avoid repetition, our analysis                    seismic energy pulses are usually                     activities involving sound from the
                                               applies to all the species listed in Table              thought to be limited to shorter                      proposed survey would not occur near


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                           75383

                                               any haulout areas where resting                            Required mitigation measures, such as              determination on the proposed issuance
                                               behaviors occur.                                        special shutdowns for large whales,                   of the Authorization.
                                                  Many animals perform vital functions,                vessel speed, course alteration, and
                                                                                                                                                             National Environmental Policy Act
                                               such as feeding, resting, traveling, and                visual monitoring would be
                                                                                                                                                             (NEPA)
                                               socializing, on a diel cycle (i.e., 24 hour             implemented to help reduce impacts to
                                               cycle). Behavioral reactions to noise                   marine mammals. Based on the analysis                    NSF has prepared a draft
                                               exposure (such as disruption of critical                herein of the likely effects of the                   environmental analysis titled, Draft
                                               life functions, displacement, or                        specified activity on marine mammals                  Environmental Analysis of a Marine
                                               avoidance of important habitat) are                     and their habitat, and taking into                    Geophysical Survey by the R/V Marcus
                                               more likely to be significant if they last              consideration the implementation of the               G. Langseth in the South Atlantic
                                               more than one diel cycle or recur on                    proposed monitoring and mitigation                    Ocean, Austral Summer 2016. NMFS
                                               subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007).                measures, NMFS finds that Lamont-                     has posted this document on our Web
                                               While NMFS anticipates that the                         Doherty’s proposed seismic survey                     site concurrently with the publication of
                                               seismic operations would occur on                       would have a negligible impact on the                 this notice. NMFS has independently
                                               consecutive days, the estimated                         affected marine mammal species or                     evaluated the draft environmental
                                               duration of the survey would last no                    stocks.                                               analysis and has prepared a separate
                                               more than 28 days but would increase                                                                          draft Environmental Assessment (DEA)
                                                                                                       Small Numbers                                         titled, Proposed Issuance of an
                                               sound levels in the marine environment
                                               in a relatively small area surrounding                    As mentioned previously, NMFS                       Incidental Harassment Authorization to
                                               the vessel (compared to the range of                    estimates that Lamont-Doherty’s                       Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory to
                                               most of the marine mammals within the                   activities could potentially affect, by               Take Marine Mammals by Harassment
                                               proposed survey area), which is                         Level B harassment, 38 species of                     Incidental to a Marine Geophysical
                                               constantly travelling over distances, and               marine mammals under our jurisdiction.                Survey in the South Atlantic Ocean,
                                               some animals may only be exposed to                     NMFS estimates that Lamont-Doherty’s                  January–March 2016. Information in
                                               and harassed by sound for less than a                   activities could potentially affect, by               Lamont-Doherty’s application, NSF’s
                                               day.                                                    Level A harassment, up to 16 species of               Draft environmental analysis, NMFS’
                                                  For reasons stated previously in this                marine mammals under our jurisdiction.                DEA and this notice collectively provide
                                                                                                         For each species, the numbers of take               the environmental information related
                                               document and based on the following
                                                                                                       being proposed for authorization are                  to proposed issuance of an
                                               factors, Lamont-Doherty’s specified
                                                                                                       small numbers relative to the                         Authorization for public review and
                                               activities are not likely to cause long-
                                                                                                       population sizes: less than 16 percent                comment. NMFS will review all
                                               term behavioral disturbance, serious
                                                                                                       for striped dolphins, less than 8 percent             comments submitted in response to this
                                               injury, or death, or other effects that
                                                                                                       of Risso’s dolphins, less than 6 percent              notice as we complete the NEPA
                                               would be expected to adversely affect
                                                                                                       for pantropical spotted dolphins, and                 process, including a decision of whether
                                               reproduction or survival of any
                                                                                                       less than 4 percent for all other species.            to sign a Finding of No Significant
                                               individuals. They include:
                                                                                                       NMFS has provided the regional                        Impact (FONSI), prior to a final decision
                                                  • The anticipated impacts of Lamont-
                                                                                                       population and take estimates for the                 on the proposed Authorization request.
                                               Doherty’s survey activities on marine
                                                                                                       marine mammal species that may be
                                               mammals are temporary behavioral                                                                              Proposed Authorization
                                                                                                       taken by Level A and Level B
                                               changes due, primarily, to avoidance of
                                                                                                       harassment in Table 5 in this notice.                   As a result of these preliminary
                                               the area;
                                                                                                       NMFS finds that the proposed                          determinations, NMFS proposes issuing
                                                  • The likelihood that, given the
                                                                                                       incidental take described in Table 5 for              an Authorization to Lamont-Doherty for
                                               constant movement of boat and animals
                                                                                                       the proposed activity would be limited                conducting a seismic survey in the
                                               and the nature of the survey design (not
                                                                                                       to small numbers relative to the affected             South Atlantic Ocean, early January
                                               concentrated in areas of high marine
                                                                                                       species or stocks.                                    through March 31, 2016 provided they
                                               mammal concentration), PTS incurred
                                                                                                                                                             incorporate the proposed mitigation,
                                               would be of a low level;                                Impact on Availability of Affected
                                                                                                                                                             monitoring, and reporting requirements.
                                                  • The availability of alternate areas of             Species or Stock for Taking for
                                               similar habitat value for marine                        Subsistence Uses                                      Draft Proposed Authorization
                                               mammals to temporarily vacate the                         There are no relevant subsistence uses                This section contains the draft text for
                                               survey area during the operation of the                 of marine mammals implicated by this                  the proposed Authorization. NMFS
                                               airgun(s) to avoid acoustic harassment;                 action.                                               proposes to include this language in the
                                                  • The expectation that the seismic                                                                         Authorization if issued.
                                               survey would have no more than a                        Endangered Species Act (ESA)
                                               temporary and minimal adverse effect                       There are six marine mammal species                Incidental Harassment Authorization
                                               on any fish or invertebrate species that                listed as endangered under the                          We hereby authorize the Lamont-
                                               serve as prey species for marine                        Endangered Species Act that may occur                 Doherty Earth Observatory (Lamont-
                                               mammals, and therefore consider the                     in the proposed survey area. Under                    Doherty), Columbia University, P.O. Box
                                               potential impacts to marine mammal                      section 7 of the ESA, NSF has initiated               1000, 61 Route 9W, Palisades, New York
                                               habitat minimal; and                                    formal consultation with NMFS on the                  10964–8000, under section 101(a)(5)(D)
                                                  • The knowledge that the survey is                   proposed seismic survey. NMFS (i.e.,                  of the Marine Mammal Protection Act
                                               taking place in the open ocean and not                  National Marine Fisheries Service,                    (MMPA) (16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(D)) and
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                               located within an area of biological                    Office of Protected Resources, Permits                50 CFR 216.107, to incidentally harass
                                               importance for breeding, calving, or                    and Conservation Division) will also                  small numbers of marine mammals
                                               foraging for marine mammals.                            consult internally with NMFS on the                   incidental to a marine geophysical
                                                  Table 5 in this document outlines the                proposed issuance of an Authorization                 survey conducted by the R/V Marcus G.
                                               number of requested Level A and Level                   under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the                     Langseth (Langseth) marine geophysical
                                               B harassment takes that we anticipate as                MMPA. NMFS and the NSF will                           survey in the South Atlantic Ocean
                                               a result of these activities.                           conclude the consultation prior to a                  January through March 2016.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75384                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               1. Effective Dates                                      monitoring the impacts of the activity                until the marine mammal(s) has left the
                                                 This Authorization is valid from early                on marine mammals.                                    area.
                                               January through March 31, 2016.                                                                                  i. If the visual observer sees a marine
                                                                                                       6. Mitigation and Monitoring
                                                                                                                                                             mammal that surfaces, then dives below
                                               2. Specified Geographic Region                          Requirements
                                                                                                                                                             the surface, the observer shall wait 30
                                                                                                         We require the Holder of this                       minutes. If the observer sees no marine
                                                 This Authorization is valid only for
                                                                                                       Authorization to implement the                        mammals during that time, he/she
                                               specified activities associated with the
                                                                                                       following mitigation and monitoring                   should assume that the animal has
                                               R/V Marcus G. Langseth’s (Langseth)
                                                                                                       requirements when conducting the                      moved beyond the 180-dB exclusion
                                               seismic operations as specified in
                                                                                                       specified activities to achieve the least             zone for cetaceans or 190-dB exclusion
                                               Lamont-Doherty’s Incidental
                                                                                                       practicable adverse impact on affected                zone for pinnipeds.
                                               Harassment Authorization
                                                                                                       marine mammal species or stocks:                         ii. If for any reason the visual observer
                                               (Authorization) application and
                                               environmental analysis in the following                 Visual Observers                                      cannot see the full 180-dB exclusion
                                               specified geographic area:                                                                                    zone for cetaceans or the 190-dB
                                                                                                          a. Utilize two, National Marine                    exclusion zone for pinnipeds for the
                                                 a. in the South Atlantic Ocean,                       Fisheries Service-qualified, vessel-based
                                               located approximately between 10–35                                                                           entire 30 minutes (i.e., rough seas, fog,
                                                                                                       Protected Species Visual Observers                    darkness), or if marine mammals are
                                               °W, 27–33 °S as specified in Lamont-                    (visual observers) to watch for and
                                               Doherty’s application and the National                                                                        near, approaching, or within zone, the
                                                                                                       monitor marine mammals near the                       Langseth may not resume airgun
                                               Science Foundation’s environmental                      seismic source vessel during daytime
                                               analysis.                                                                                                     operations.
                                                                                                       airgun operations (from nautical                         iii. If one airgun is already running at
                                               3. Species Authorized and Level of                      twilight-dawn to nautical twilight-dusk)              a source level of at least 180 dB re: 1 mPa
                                               Takes                                                   and before and during start-ups of                    or 190 dB re: 1 mPa, the Langseth may
                                                                                                       airguns day or night.                                 start the second gun–and subsequent
                                                  a. This authorization limits the                        i. At least one visual observer will be
                                               incidental taking of marine mammals,                                                                          airguns–without observing relevant
                                                                                                       on watch during meal times and
                                               by harassment only, to the following                                                                          exclusion zones for 30 minutes,
                                                                                                       restroom breaks.
                                               species in the area described in Table 5                                                                      provided that the observers have not
                                                                                                          ii. Observer shifts will last no longer
                                               in this notice.                                                                                               seen any marine mammals near the
                                                                                                       than four hours at a time.
                                                  i. During the seismic activities, if the                                                                   relevant exclusion zones (in accordance
                                                                                                          iii. Visual observers will also conduct
                                               Holder of this Authorization encounters                                                                       with Condition 6(b)).
                                                                                                       monitoring while the Langseth crew
                                               any marine mammal species that are not                  deploy and recover the airgun array and               Passive Acoustic Monitoring
                                               listed in Condition 3 for authorized                    streamers from the water.
                                               taking and are likely to be exposed to                                                                           e. Utilize the passive acoustic
                                                                                                          iv. When feasible, visual observers
                                               sound pressure levels greater than or                                                                         monitoring (PAM) system, to the
                                                                                                       will conduct observations during
                                               equal to 160 decibels (dB) re: 1 mPa,                                                                         maximum extent practicable, to detect
                                                                                                       daytime periods when the seismic
                                               then the Holder must alter speed or                                                                           and allow some localization of marine
                                                                                                       system is not operating for comparison
                                               course or shut-down the airguns to                                                                            mammals around the Langseth during
                                                                                                       of sighting rates and behavioral
                                               avoid take.                                                                                                   all airgun operations and during most
                                                                                                       reactions during, between, and after
                                                  b. The taking by serious injury or                                                                         periods when airguns are not operating.
                                                                                                       airgun operations.
                                               death of any of the species listed in                      v. The Langseth’s vessel crew will                 One visual observer and/or
                                               Condition 3 or the taking of any kind of                also assist in detecting marine                       bioacoustician will monitor the PAM at
                                               any other species of marine mammal is                   mammals, when practicable. Visual                     all times in shifts no longer than 6
                                               prohibited and may result in the                        observers will have access to reticle                 hours. A bioacoustician shall design and
                                               modification, suspension, or revocation                 binoculars (7 × 50 Fujinon), and big-eye              set up the PAM system and be present
                                               of this Authorization.                                  binoculars (25 × 150).                                to operate or oversee PAM, and
                                                  c. This Authorization limits the                                                                           available when technical issues occur
                                               methods authorized for taking by                        Exclusion Zones                                       during the survey.
                                               harassment to the following acoustic                      b. Establish a 180-decibel (dB) or 190-                f. Do and record the following when
                                               sources:                                                dB exclusion zone for cetaceans and                   an observer detects an animal by the
                                                  i. a sub-airgun array with a total                   pinnipeds, respectively, before starting              PAM:
                                               capacity of 6,600 in3 (or smaller);                     the airgun subarray (6,660 in3); and a                   i. notify the visual observer
                                                                                                       180-dB or 190-dB exclusion zone for                   immediately of a vocalizing marine
                                               4. Reporting Prohibited Take                                                                                  mammal so a power-down or shut-down
                                                                                                       cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively
                                                 The Holder of this Authorization must                 for the single airgun (40 in3). Observers             can be initiated, if required;
                                               report the taking of any marine mammal                  will use the predicted radius distance                   ii. enter the information regarding the
                                               in a manner prohibited under this                       for the 180-dB or 190-dB exclusion                    vocalization into a database. The data to
                                               Authorization immediately to the Office                 zones for cetaceans and pinnipeds.                    be entered include an acoustic
                                               of Protected Resources, National Marine                                                                       encounter identification number,
                                               Fisheries Service, at 301–427–8401 and/                 Visual Monitoring at the Start of Airgun              whether it was linked with a visual
                                               or by email to the Chief, Permits and                   Operations                                            sighting, date, time when first and last
                                               Conservation Division.                                    c. Monitor the entire extent of the                 heard and whenever any additional
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                       exclusion zones for at least 30 minutes               information was recorded, position,
                                               5. Cooperation                                                                                                water depth when first detected, bearing
                                                                                                       (day or night) prior to the ramp-up of
                                                 We require the Holder of this                         airgun operations after a shutdown.                   if determinable, species or species group
                                               Authorization to cooperate with the                       d. Delay airgun operations if the                   (e.g., unidentified dolphin, sperm
                                               Office of Protected Resources, National                 visual observer sees a cetacean within                whale, monk seal), types and nature of
                                               Marine Fisheries Service, and any other                 the 180–dB exclusion zone for cetaceans               sounds heard (e.g., clicks, continuous,
                                               Federal, state, or local agency                         or 190–dB exclusion zone for pinnipeds                sporadic, whistles, creaks, burst pulses,


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices                                             75385

                                               strength of signal, etc.), and any other                exclusion zone to the degree that the                 light hours if the Holder of the
                                               notable information.                                    animal(s) is outside of it.                           Authorization initiates these segment(s)
                                                                                                                                                             of the survey when the observers can
                                               Ramp-Up Procedures                                      Resuming Airgun Operations after a
                                                                                                                                                             view and effectively monitor the full
                                                                                                       Power-Down
                                                 g. Implement a ‘‘ramp-up’’ procedure                                                                        relevant exclusion zones.
                                               when starting the airguns at the                           k. Following a power-down, if the                     q. This Authorization does not permit
                                               beginning of seismic operations or any                  marine mammal approaches the smaller                  the Holder of this Authorization to
                                               time after the entire array has been                    designated exclusion zone, the airguns                initiate airgun array operations from a
                                               shutdown, which means start the                         must then be completely shut-down.                    shut-down position at night or during
                                               smallest gun first and add airguns in a                 Airgun activity will not resume until the             low-light hours (such as in dense fog or
                                               sequence such that the source level of                  observer has visually observed the                    heavy rain) when the visual observers
                                               the array will increase in steps not                    marine mammal(s) exiting the exclusion                cannot view and effectively monitor the
                                               exceeding approximately 6 dB per 5-                     zone and is not likely to return, or has              full relevant exclusion zones.
                                               minute period. During ramp-up, the                      not been seen within the exclusion zone
                                                                                                       for 15 minutes for species with shorter               Mitigation Airgun
                                               observers will monitor the exclusion
                                               zone, and if marine mammals are                         dive durations (small odontocetes) or 30                 s. The Langseth may operate a small-
                                               sighted, a course/speed alteration,                     minutes for species with longer dive                  volume airgun (i.e., mitigation airgun)
                                               power-down, or shutdown will be                         durations (mysticetes and large                       during turns and maintenance at
                                               implemented as though the full array                    odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy                   approximately one shot per minute. The
                                               were operational.                                       sperm, dwarf sperm, killer, and beaked                Langseth would not operate the small-
                                                                                                       whales).                                              volume airgun for longer than three
                                               Recording Visual Detections                                l. Following a power-down and                      hours in duration during turns. During
                                                 h. Visual observers must record the                   subsequent animal departure, the                      turns or brief transits between seismic
                                               following information when they have                    Langseth may resume airgun operations                 tracklines, one airgun would continue to
                                               sighted a marine mammal:                                at full power. Initiation requires that the           operate.
                                                 i. Species, group size, age/size/sex                  observers can effectively monitor the
                                                                                                                                                             Special Procedures for Concentrations
                                               categories (if determinable), behavior                  full exclusion zones described in
                                                                                                                                                             of Large Whales
                                               when first sighted and after initial                    Condition 6(b). If the observer sees a
                                                                                                       marine mammal within or about to enter                   t. The Langseth will power-down the
                                               sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing
                                                                                                       the relevant zones then the Langseth                  array and avoid concentrations of large
                                               and distance from seismic vessel,
                                                                                                       will implement a course/speed                         whales if possible (i.e., avoid exposing
                                               sighting cue, apparent reaction to the
                                                                                                       alteration, power-down, or shutdown.                  concentrations of these animals to
                                               airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance,
                                                                                                                                                             sounds greater than 160 dB re: 1 mPa).
                                               approach, paralleling, etc., and                        Shutdown Procedures                                   For purposes of the survey, a
                                               including responses to ramp-up), and
                                                                                                         m. Shutdown the airgun(s) if a visual               concentration or group of whales will
                                               behavioral pace; and
                                                                                                       observer detects a marine mammal                      consist of six or more individuals
                                                 ii. Time, location, heading, speed,                   within, approaching, or entering the                  visually sighted that do not appear to be
                                               activity of the vessel (including number                relevant exclusion zone. A shutdown                   traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.).
                                               of airguns operating and whether in                     means that the Langseth turns off all                 The Langseth will follow the procedures
                                               state of ramp-up or shut-down),                         operating airguns.                                    described in Conditions 6(k) for
                                               Beaufort sea state and wind force,                                                                            resuming operations after a power
                                               visibility, and sun glare; and                          Resuming Airgun Operations After a
                                                                                                                                                             down.
                                                 iii. The data listed under 6(f)(ii) at the            Shutdown
                                               start and end of each observation watch                   n. Following a shutdown, if the                     7. Reporting Requirements
                                               and during a watch whenever there is a                  observer has visually confirmed that the                 This Authorization requires the
                                               change in one or more of the variables.                 animal has departed the 180-dB zone for               Holder of this Authorization to:
                                               Speed or Course Alteration                              cetaceans or the 190-dB zone for                         a. Submit a draft report on all
                                                                                                       pinnipeds within a period of less than                activities and monitoring results to the
                                                 i. Alter speed or course during                       or equal to 8 minutes after the                       Office of Protected Resources, National
                                               seismic operations if a marine mammal,                  shutdown, then the Langseth may                       Marine Fisheries Service, within 90
                                               based on its position and relative                      resume airgun operations at full power.               days of the completion of the Langseth’s
                                               motion, appears likely to enter the                       o. If the observer has not seen the                 cruise. This report must contain and
                                               relevant exclusion zone. If speed or                    animal depart the 180-dB zone for                     summarize the following information:
                                               course alteration is not safe or                        cetaceans or the 190-dB zone for                         i. Dates, times, locations, heading,
                                               practicable, or if after alteration the                 pinnipeds, the Langseth shall not                     speed, weather, sea conditions
                                               marine mammal still appears likely to                   resume airgun activity until 15 minutes               (including Beaufort sea state and wind
                                               enter the exclusion zone, the Holder of                 has passed for species with shorter dive              force), and associated activities during
                                               this Authorization will implement                       times (i.e., small odontocetes and                    all seismic operations and marine
                                               further mitigation measures, such as a                  pinnipeds) or 30 minutes has passed for               mammal sightings.
                                               shutdown.                                               species with longer dive durations (i.e.,                ii. Species, number, location, distance
                                                                                                       mysticetes and large odontocetes,                     from the vessel, and behavior of any
                                               Power-Down Procedures
                                                                                                       including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf                   marine mammals, as well as associated
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 j. Power down the airguns if a visual                 sperm, killer, and beaked whales). The                seismic activity (number of shutdowns),
                                               observer detects a marine mammal                        Langseth will follow the ramp-up                      observed throughout all monitoring
                                               within, approaching, or entering the                    procedures described in Conditions 6(g).              activities.
                                               relevant exclusion zones. A power-                                                                               iii. An estimate of the number (by
                                               down means reducing the number of                       Survey Operations at Night                            species) of marine mammals with
                                               operating airguns to a single operating                   p. The Langseth may continue marine                 known exposures to the seismic activity
                                               40 in3 airgun. This would reduce the                    geophysical surveys into night and low-               (based on visual observation) at received


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2


                                               75386                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 230 / Tuesday, December 1, 2015 / Notices

                                               levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re:              report must include the following                     10. Reporting an Injured or Dead
                                               1 mPa and/or 180 dB re 1 mPa for                        information:                                          Marine Mammal Unrelated to the
                                               cetaceans and 190-dB re 1 mPa for                         • Time, date, and location (latitude/               Activities
                                               pinnipeds and a discussion of any                       longitude) of the incident;
                                                                                                         • Name and type of vessel involved;                   In the event that Lamont-Doherty
                                               specific behaviors those individuals                                                                          discovers an injured or dead marine
                                               exhibited.                                                • Vessel’s speed during and leading
                                                                                                       up to the incident;                                   mammal, and the lead visual observer
                                                  iv. An estimate of the number (by                      • Description of the incident;                      determines that the injury or death is
                                               species) of marine mammals with                           • Status of all sound source use in the             not associated with or related to the
                                               estimated exposures (based on modeling                  24 hours preceding the incident;                      authorized activities (e.g., previously
                                               results) to the seismic activity at                       • Water depth;                                      wounded animal, carcass with moderate
                                               received levels greater than or equal to                  • Environmental conditions (e.g.,                   to advanced decomposition, or
                                               160 dB re: 1 mPa and/or 180 dB re 1 mPa                 wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                scavenger damage), Lamont-Doherty
                                               for cetaceans and 190-dB re 1 mPa for                   state, cloud cover, and visibility);                  would report the incident to the Chief,
                                               pinnipeds with a discussion of the                        • Description of all marine mammal                  Permits and Conservation Division,
                                               nature of the probable consequences of                  observations in the 24 hours preceding                Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at
                                               that exposure on the individuals.                       the incident;                                         301–427–8401 and/or by email, within
                                                  v. A description of the                                • Species identification or                         24 hours of the discovery. Lamont-
                                               implementation and effectiveness of the:                description of the animal(s) involved;                Doherty would provide photographs or
                                               (A) terms and conditions of the                           • Fate of the animal(s); and                        video footage (if available) or other
                                               Biological Opinion’s Incidental Take                      • Photographs or video footage of the               documentation of the stranded animal
                                               Statement (attached); and (B) mitigation                animal(s) (if equipment is available).                sighting to NMFS.
                                               measures of the Incidental Harassment                     Lamont-Doherty shall not resume its
                                                                                                       activities until we are able to review the            11. Endangered Species Act Biological
                                               Authorization. For the Biological                                                                             Opinion and Incidental Take Statement
                                               Opinion, the report will confirm the                    circumstances of the prohibited take.
                                               implementation of each Term and                         We shall work with Lamont-Doherty to                     Lamont-Doherty is required to comply
                                               Condition, as well as any conservation                  determine what is necessary to                        with the Terms and Conditions of the
                                               recommendations, and describe their                     minimize the likelihood of further                    Incidental Take Statement
                                               effectiveness, for minimizing the                       prohibited take and ensure MMPA                       corresponding to the Endangered
                                               adverse effects of the action on                        compliance. Lamont-Doherty may not                    Species Act Biological Opinion issued
                                               Endangered Species Act listed marine                    resume their activities until notified by             to the National Science Foundation and
                                               mammals.                                                us via letter, email, or telephone.                   NMFS’ Office of Protected Resources,
                                                  b. Submit a final report to the Chief,               9. Reporting an Injured or Dead Marine                Permits and Conservation Division
                                               Permits and Conservation Division,                      Mammal With an Unknown Cause of                       (attached). A copy of this Authorization
                                               Office of Protected Resources, National                 Death                                                 and the Incidental Take Statement must
                                               Marine Fisheries Service, within 30                                                                           be in the possession of all contractors
                                                                                                          In the event that Lamont-Doherty
                                               days after receiving comments from us                                                                         and protected species observers
                                                                                                       discovers an injured or dead marine
                                               on the draft report. If we decide that the                                                                    operating under the authority of this
                                                                                                       mammal, and the lead visual observer
                                               draft report needs no comments, we will                                                                       Incidental Harassment Authorization.
                                                                                                       determines that the cause of the injury
                                               consider the draft report to be the final               or death is unknown and the death is                  Request for Public Comments
                                               report.                                                 relatively recent (i.e., in less than a                  NMFS invites comments on our
                                               8. Reporting Prohibited Take                            moderate state of decomposition as we                 analysis, the draft authorization, and
                                                                                                       describe in the next paragraph), Lamont-              any other aspect of the Notice of
                                                  In the unanticipated event that the                  Doherty will immediately report the                   proposed Authorization for Lamont-
                                               specified activity clearly causes the take              incident to the Chief, Permits and                    Doherty’s activities. Please include any
                                               of a marine mammal in a manner not                      Conservation Division, Office of                      supporting data or literature citations
                                               permitted by the authorization (if                      Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301–                    with your comments to help inform our
                                               issued), such as an injury, serious                     427–8401 and/or by email. The report                  final decision on Lamont-Doherty’s
                                               injury, or mortality (e.g., ship-strike,                must include the same information                     request for an application.
                                               gear interaction, and/or entanglement),                 identified in the paragraph above this
                                               Lamont-Doherty shall immediately                        section. Activities may continue while                  Dated: November 24, 2015.
                                               cease the specified activities and                      NMFS reviews the circumstances of the                 Perry F. Gayaldo,
                                               immediately report the take to the Chief,               incident. NMFS would work with                        Deputy Director, Office of Protected
                                               Permits and Conservation Division,                      Lamont-Doherty to determine whether                   Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                               Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at                 modifications in the activities are                   [FR Doc. 2015–30333 Filed 11–25–15; 8:45 am]
                                               301–427–8401 and/or by email. The                       appropriate.                                          BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:48 Nov 30, 2015   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\01DEN2.SGM   01DEN2



Document Created: 2018-03-02 09:10:12
Document Modified: 2018-03-02 09:10:12
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesNMFS must receive comments and information on or before December 31, 2015.
ContactJeannine Cody, NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS (301) 427-8401.
FR Citation80 FR 75356 
RIN Number0648-XE29

2024 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR